Page 1
GR200 series (GRB200) GRB200--- S, G, and T positions TOSHIBA ENERGY SYSTEMS & SOLUTIONS CORPORATION Notice: This manual is issued for ‘030’, ‘031’, ‘032’ ‘033’, ‘034’ software codes, which you can identify at ’S, G, and T positions’ on Software nameplate.
Page 2
6F2S1931 (0.20) Safety Precautions Before using this equipment, please read this chapter carefully. This chapter describes the safety precautions recommended when using the GR equipment. Before installing and using the equipment, this chapter must be thoroughly read and understood. Explanation of symbols used Signal words such as DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION, will be followed by important safety information that must be carefully reviewed.
Page 3
6F2S1931 (0.20) CAUTION •Earth The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed. CAUTION •Operating environment The equipment must only be used within the range of ambient temperature, humidity and dust detailed in the specification and in an environment free of abnormal vibration. •Ratings Before applying AC voltage and current or the DC power supply to the equipment, check that they conform to the equipment ratings.
Page 4
For further information in terms of the disposal, the customer shall contact to a local dealer and sales staff at Toshiba Energy Systems & Solutions Corporation (Toshiba ESS, Japan).
Page 6
6F2S1931 (0.20) Contents Introduction ............................1 Configuration ........................... 2 Protection functions ........................7 Recording function .......................... 7 Metering function ..........................7 Summary of GRB200 ........................9 Symbols used in logical diagrams ....................10 Abbreviation ..........................14 Function Block (FB), Function ID, Signal number (Data ID) ............ 16 Relay application ..........................
Page 7
6F2S1931 (0.20) Command trip function (COMTP) ....................105 Operation of Command-trip ....................106 2.4.1 Operation of Command-transfer-trip ................. 106 2.4.2 Scheme logic and setting ..................... 107 2.4.3 Operation example of Command-transfer-trip ..............111 2.4.4 Setting ........................... 112 2.4.5 Data ID ..........................113 2.4.6 End fault protection (EFP) ......................
Page 8
6F2S1931 (0.20) Selector switches and bay operations ................. 197 3.3.2 Programming of control-right distributions ............... 197 3.3.3 Common controls (CMNCTRL) ....................199 Double command blocking (DCB) ..................199 3.4.1 Provision of selected status ....................200 3.4.2 Miscellaneous settings ......................200 3.4.3 Local, remote and PLC control ....................
Page 9
6F2S1931 (0.20) Constitution of VCT ......................258 4.2.4 Setting of VCT ........................260 4.2.5 VCT combinations ........................ 263 4.2.6 Signal processing and communication modules (CPU) ............267 Upstream communication ....................268 4.3.1 MainUnit-SubUnit communication ..................269 4.3.2 Type of COM modules ......................270 4.3.3 OPT2 modules (OPT2) ......................
Page 11
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting for measurements ......................425 Setting for the report (Dead band feature) ................427 Statistics data (Counter group) ....................428 Statistics data (Accumulated time) .................... 429 Setting ............................430 Signal and measurand ........................ 431 Automatic supervision ........................463 Outline of automatic supervision ....................
Page 12
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of GOOSE publishing (LAN(GOOSE)error) ..........502 9.2.31 Setting ........................... 503 9.2.32 Signal (Data ID) ........................508 9.2.33 Communication protocol ......................... 514 Selection of slave protocol ......................515 LAN operation ..........................516 LAN address (IP address) ....................516 10.2.1 Redundant LAN (Hot-standby) ...................
Page 13
6F2S1931 (0.20) Modbus TCP ......................... 627 10.5.5 Modbus model........................629 10.5.6 Modbus functions ......................... 630 10.5.7 How to manage Modbus data file ..................633 10.5.8 How to map IED signals to Modbus addresses ..............637 10.5.9 Setting ..........................644 10.5.10 Signal (Data ID) .......................
Page 14
6F2S1931 (0.20) Appendix 1 Signal lists for common function ..................724 Appendix 2 Case outline in MainUnit and SubUnit ................732 Appendix 3 Typical external connections ................... 738 Appendix 4 IEC61850 MICS, PICS, PIXIT, and TICS ..............748 Appendix 5 IEC60870-5-103 interoperability ..................
Page 15
6F2S1931 (0.20) Introduction Contents Page Abbreviation Function identifies and signals (FB) Configuration Metering functions Protection functions Symbols used in logical diagrams ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Note: OPT2 modules (OPT2) See Chap. 4.3.4 for the connection between MainUnit and SubUnits. SubUnit ID setting See, also, Chap.
Page 16
6F2S1931 (0.20) GRB200 is a low impedance differential relay for bus-bar protection; and it has been designed to provide very reliable, high speed and selective protection for various types of bus-bar system. GRB200 can be applied for various bus-bar systems: Single bus-bars with/without transfer bus-bar ...
Page 17
6F2S1931 (0.20) MainUnit SubUnit#1 SubUnit#2 ZoneA ZoneB Busbar 2 Busbar 1 CH10 North coupler ZoneD ZoneE Busbar 3 Busbar 4 CH11 South coupler Voltage signals DS open Forward looking protection bay (CH) DS closed Current signals CB/DS control signals CB open CB closed Optical cables Protection zone...
Page 18
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal processing and communication modules (CPU), Transformer modules (VCTs), Binary IO modules (BIs, BOs, and BIOs), and Power supply module (PWS) are arranged as shown. As for the ‘Max. dual ports’ type (see Figure 1.1-2), an OPT2 is mounted on CPU in order to communicate with the subunits using fiber cables.
Page 19
6F2S1931 (0.20) configuration module (and the number of modules), see IO configuration label on the case Installation and setting: Unpack and inspection of hardware and software (See Chapter Designed for the Max Dual ports VCT#1, VCT#2 Filter LAN I/F CT×n CP1M Communication Network for SAS,...
Page 21
6F2S1931 (0.20) Protection functions Current differential protection (DIF) GRB200 applies current differential protection for each individual bus-bar zone, which are sectioned by the bus section and bus-coupler switches (discriminating zone protection), as well as for the overall bus-bar system (check zone protection) Circuit breaker failure protection (CBF) (ii) Phase-segregated breaker failure protection is provided in each CH and can be initiated by...
Page 22
6F2S1931 (0.20) Voltages in three-phases and phase-to-phase in every zone Currents in three-phases in every CH Voltages and currents in symmetrical component form Frequency Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 8 -...
Page 23
6F2S1931 (0.20) Summary of GRB200 The summary of descriptions in section 1.1(i) and 1.1(ii) are provided in Table 1.5-1. The module specification can be divided into common features and specific features. Refer to Chapters “Technical description” for the specifications of the module. Table 1.5-1 MainUnit and SubUnits structure and their module configuration Case and MainUnit configuration...
Page 24
6F2S1931 (0.20) Symbols used in logical diagrams Symbols used in the scheme logic and their meanings are as follows: Relay element, signal-monitoring point, PLC connection point, and Mapping point 1. Marked with : Relay elements 2. Marked with : Signal-monitoring point designated by Element ID number Note that the symbol can be connected with what follows: A binary output (BO) circuit A LED circuit...
Page 28
Disconnecting Switch Earth Fault Earthing Switch Engineering Workstation in the substation Global Positioning System GR-TIEMS GR-series Toshiba IED Engineering and Monitoring Software Graphical User Interface Human Machine Interface Intelligent Electronic Device IDMT Inverse Definite Minimum Time Liquid Crystal Display for IED screen (standard LCD screen)
Page 29
6F2S1931 (0.20) Abbreviation Description Coordinated Universal Time SyncSrc Synchronization Source Voltage Transformer Transformer module including VTs and CTs Selector device or selector switch Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 15 -...
Page 30
6F2S1931 (0.20) Function Block (FB), Function ID, Signal number (Data ID) (i) Signal symbols Function Block (FB) is the software module and GR-series IED implements FBs for protections, controls and communications. The function ID is unique ID described by six digits in hexadecimal;...
Page 31
6F2S1931 (0.20) Data Example Example Identifier texts Note length Function ID Element ID 3100001B6F 16-bits 400001 31 (First and second # of Element ID) 2200001B6F 32-bits 400001 22 (First and second # of Element ID) 3200001B6F 32-bits 400001 32 (First and second # of Element ID) 4200001B6F 32-bits 400001...
Page 33
6F2S1931 (0.20) Current differential protection (DIF) Check-zone-protection and Discriminating-zone-protection 2.1.1 The DIF function is provided for the overall bus-bar system (described hereafter as check-zone- protection), as well as for each individual bus-bar zone, which is sectioned by the bus-section and bus-coupler switches (described hereafter as discriminating-zone-protection). The elements used for the check-zone-protection (DIFCH) and the discriminating-zone- protection (DIFZA to DIFZF) are based on the DIF principle.
Page 34
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 2.1-2 shows an example for a double-bus-bar system protected by DIF. Two discriminating zone-protections (Zone A and Zone B) overlap the bus-coupler circuit breaker. Check-zone Discriminating-zone A Busbar A Zone A protected by DIFZA Discriminating-zone B Busbar B Zone B protected by DIFZB Check-zone protected by DIFCH Figure 2.1-2 Check zone and discriminating zone protections in double bus-bar...
Page 35
6F2S1931 (0.20) Id=Ir Id=Ir Operate Operate Id=[DIFCH-Slope] Ir Id=0.15Ir Setting[DIFCH-I] Setting[DIFCH-I] a. DIFCH characteristic in normal b. DIFCH characteristic modified to non-restrained characteristic Figure 2.1-3 Transformation from the normal to the non-restrained DIFCH characteristic Note Slope value (=0.15) are set is defined in Equation (2.1-1) Note See section 2.1.11 for PLC connection point “DIFCH-CHARA”.
Page 36
6F2S1931 (0.20) Discriminating-zone-protection (DIFZA to DIFZF) (ii) In discriminating-zone-protection, the input signals are currents and the disconnector- open/close-status (DS) signals from feeder bays, transformer bays, bus-sections, and bus- couplers that correspond to the protection zone. The Discriminating-zone-protection issues trip commands to all circuit breakers (CBs) within its protection-zone. The protection-zone covered by the discriminating-zone-protection depends upon the bus- bar configuration;...
Page 37
6F2S1931 (0.20) Busbar A ZoneA Busbar B ZoneB CH 24 Current Current Current Current Currents used in DIF computation DIFCH DIFZA DIFZB Current data Current input Protection zone & information Zone A DS11 contact Replica evaluation & Zone B DS12 contact CH 2 Current data Current input...
Page 38
6F2S1931 (0.20) Selection of protection-characteristic 2.1.2 The DIF function has three protection-characteristics and one of them is selected by scheme switch [DIFTP-FORM] under replica setting . The scheme switch is tabulated with other setting items in Table 2.1-3. Check-zone and discriminating-zone -protection A bus-bar is protected by both a “check-zone-protection”...
Page 39
6F2S1931 (0.20) Stabilization for CT saturation with through-fault current 2.1.3 For current the differential protection of bus-bars, a counter measure against CT saturation is essential. If any CTs saturate due to a large through-fault current, an apparent differential current is generated in the differential circuit and can cause false operation of the differential protection.
Page 41
6F2S1931 (0.20) Current transformer requirements 2.1.4 GRB200 does not have the request to use dedicated CTs or CTs with an identical ratio. The busbar protection IED can share CTs with other protections and different CT ratios can be accommodated by setting. The general CT requirements are dictated by through-fault stability, which is the parameter of interest when CTs saturate under very large through-fault currents.
Page 42
6F2S1931 (0.20) DIF slope settings 2.1.5 As shown in Figure 2.1-1, the user is able to program a slope factor (k) arbitrary using the settings [DIFCH-Slope] and [DIFDZ-Slope], but the values are recommended to set 30% generally. Table 2.1-2 illustrates the reason. The user has to note the operation performance can get worse when the setting value is less than 30% in the same circumstances.
Page 43
6F2S1931 (0.20) The user has to make the coordination between the setting [DIF**-Slope] and CT characteristics operating in the busbar. As shown in Figure 2.1-9, the switch [CTSC**-EN]† is provided for blocking the DIF relay operation by CTSC. The user can halt the blocking the DIF operation by CTSC using the [CTSC**-EN]=Off.
Page 44
6F2S1931 (0.20) Protection for respective zones (DIFCH, DIFZA to DIFZF) 2.1.6 DIF protection scheme Figure 2.1-10 illustrates the logics of DIFZA etc. relays and DIFCH relay. The user can set Off for the scheme switch [DIF-EN] when wishing to block issuing trip signals. In the DIF function, CT fail detection (CTF) and differential current monitoring (ISDV) are provided so that blocking signals can be injected into the relay if the CTF and ISDV elements operate.
Page 45
6F2S1931 (0.20) Trip 8300001B71 To TRC DIF-OPT-ZAX DIF-TRIP_CH1 & ≥1 DIF-OPT-ZB & DIF-OPT-ZF & PROT-ZA_CH1 & PROT-ZB_CH1 & From Replica PROT-ZF_CH1 & CTP-NOBLK_CH1 FS-TRIP_CH1 From FS ≥1 8600001B72 Transfer trip DIF-TR.TRIP_CH1 TR-ZA_CH1 & ≥1 From Replica TR-ZB_CH1 & TR-ZF_CH1 & FS-TR.TRIP_CH1 From FS ≥1...
Page 46
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 2.1-11 shows each CH generates trip and transfer-trip signals. The DIF relay can use Fail-safe signal for the decision of DIF trip issuing; the Fail-Safe function can monitor the system voltages and issues a permissive signal on the detection of a fault. Note that a fault will be detected when either an under voltage occurs (phase-phase/phase-neutral faults) or an over voltage occurs in the residual monitored voltage (phase-earth fault).
Page 47
6F2S1931 (0.20) input As cited earlier, the discriminating-zone-protection can have up to six protection-zones, but the setting of the minimum operating current (minDIF-I) is common to each protection- zone. The user can set minDIF-I using the setting [DIFCH-I] and [DIFDZ-I]. When DIF trip and DIF transfer-trip need to operate securely, set On for setting [DIFTP- FS];...
Page 48
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting [DIF**-I] CT primary value Figure 2.1-12 Operation accuracy depending on CT primary and DIF setting Figure 2.1-12 also shows that the DIF operating value should be larger than the CT primary value multiplied by α so that the operation accuracy is able to be within 5%. Equation (2.1-8) shows this relationship: Setting [DIF**-I] →...
Page 49
6F2S1931 (0.20) ≤ 65.6536 → I Fmax ≤ Minimum CT primary value × 65.536 Fmax (2.1-9) Minimum CT primary value Step 4: Conclusion The user can select a value arbitrarily, but the user should check that the value is appropriate enough in Equation (2.1-6). The user also should check the value using Equations (2.1-7) and (2.1-8) in order that the DIF relay operates speedy and accurately.
Page 50
6F2S1931 (0.20) Blind zone protection 2.1.7 Protection in blind zone In bus-coupler and bus-section bays, it is normal to arrange two CTs, one on either side of the breaker, so that the discriminating zone protections overlap. Bus-A Bus-B Coupler Figure 2.1-13 Normal CT arrangement in Bus-coupler or Bus-section If CTs are arranged on one side of the breaker, or one CT is used for both zones, the protection zones do not overlap;...
Page 51
6F2S1931 (0.20) will operate unnecessarily for a fault between the breaker and the CT. To avoid this, Zero ampere control is effective. As the coupler/section CB is open, DIFZA will not operate due to Zero ampere control, which sets current to 0A. Bus-B Bus-A Coupler...
Page 52
6F2S1931 (0.20) CT circuit failure detection (Open circuit) 2.1.8 If a failure (open-circuit) occurs in a CT circuit, the DIF elements may operate incorrectly. Therefore, CT circuit failure detection is provided in the DIF function. The DIF function determines that a failure has occurred in the CT circuit when the following two criteria are observed: (i) the differential current (Id) is introduced and (ii) the voltage changes are not observed.
Page 53
6F2S1931 (0.20) Scheme logic and setting for CT circuit failure detection (iv) Figure 2.1-16 shows the CTF detection logic and alarms generated by the CTF function for Check zone (DIFCH) and discriminating zone (DIFZA to DIFZF). Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 39 -...
Page 55
6F2S1931 (0.20) Scheme for blocking DIF operation If a failure (open-circuit) in the CT is detected, the trip command shall be blocked; the logic for the generation of no-block signals is also shown in Figure 2.1-16. When no failures are detected in the CT circuit, the trip command is un-blocked by the signals CTFCH-NO-BLK or CTFZA- NO-BLK to CTFZF-NO-BLK for the respective zones.
Page 56
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of differential current (DIF-IdSV) 2.1.9 The differential current is monitored to check the health of the CT circuit by the differential current supervision function (DIF-IdSV). The supervision function† detects the erroneous differential current that appears in the case of a CT circuit failure. The supervision function is available in all zones (DIFCH and DIFZA to DIFZF);...
Page 57
6F2S1931 (0.20) Scheme logic and setting for supervision (iii) Figure 2.1-17 shows the DIF-IdSV logic. DIFSVZA etc. are used for Zone A to Zone F in the discriminating-zone-protection; whereas DIFSVCH is used for all zones. Discriminating Zone 8000111C24 TDIF-IdSV DIFSV 8000101B68 &...
Page 58
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 2.1.10 Setting of CBP_DIF (Function ID: 412B01) Default Setting item Range Contents setting Notes value DIF-EN Off / On DIF protection enable DIF-IdSV-EN Off / On Differential current monitoring enable DIFCH-I 10 - 20000 A Minimum operating current of DIFCH 2000 DIFCH-Slope 0 - 90...
Page 59
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (DataID) 2.1.11 Connection points in PLC logics CBP_DIF (Function ID: 412B01) Element ID Name Description 800100EBC0 DIFCH-CHARA DIFCH-CHARA 800000EBB2 CTF_BLOCK CTF detect block 810000EBB3 EXTERNAL CTF External CTF condition 820000EBB4 DIFSV_BLOCK Differential current monitoring block 8F0000EBB1 DIF_BLOCK Differential block 800010EBB0...
Page 61
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring points CBP_DIF (Function ID: 412B01) Element ID Name Description 8F00001B67 DIF-IDSV-OR Differential current monitoring 8F00F01B70 DIF-OPT DIF protection operated(7-Zone OR) 8000101B6B DIF-OPT-A DIF protection operated(Phase-A) 8100201B6B DIF-OPT-B DIF protection operated(Phase-B) 8200301B6B DIF-OPT-C DIF protection operated(Phase-C) 8000001B6D DIF-OPT-ABC DIF protection operated(Phase-ABC)
Page 62
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring points CBP_DIF (Function ID: 412B01) Element ID Name Description 8600081B72 DIF-TR.TRIP_CH9 Transfer trip signal by DIF protection operation(CH9) 8600091B72 DIF-TR.TRIP_CH10 Transfer trip signal by DIF protection operation(CH10) 8600101B72 DIF-TR.TRIP_CH11 Transfer trip signal by DIF protection operation(CH11) 8600111B72 DIF-TR.TRIP_CH12 Transfer trip signal by DIF protection operation(CH12)
Page 63
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring points CBP_DIF (Function ID: 412B01) Element ID Name Description 8300401B67 DIFZD-IDSV Differential current monitoring of Zone-D 8400501B67 DIFZE-IDSV Differential current monitoring of Zone-E 8500601B67 DIFZF-IDSV Differential current monitoring of Zone-F 8000101B68 DIFZA-IDSV-A Differential current monitoring of Zone-A (phase-A) 8400201B68 DIFZB-IDSV-A Differential current monitoring of Zone-B (phase-A)
Page 64
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring points CBP_DIF (Function ID: 412B01) Element ID Name Description 8400601C20 DIFZF-A DIFZF relay element operated (phase-A) 8100101C21 DIFZA-B DIFZA relay element operated (phase-B) 8500201C21 DIFZB-B DIFZB relay element operated (phase-B) 8900301C21 DIFZC-B DIFZC relay element operated (phase-B) 8D00401C21 DIFZD-B DIFZD relay element operated (phase-B)
Page 65
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring points CBP_DIF (Function ID: 412B01) Element ID Name Description 8000101C28 UVDCTFZA-A UVDCTFZA relay element operated (phase-A) 8100101C29 UVDCTFZA-B UVDCTFZA relay element operated (phase-B) 8200101C2A UVDCTFZA-C UVDCTFZA relay element operated (phase-C) 8400201C28 UVDCTFZB-A UVDCTFZB relay element operated (phase-A) 8500201C29 UVDCTFZB-B UVDCTFZB relay element operated (phase-B)
Page 66
6F2S1931 (0.20) Circuit breaker failure protection (CBF) If a fault is not removed due to the failure of a circuit breaker (target CB), then the circuit- breaker-failure protection (CBF) will remove the fault by tripping adjacent CBs at the local terminal and/or by tripping an adjacent CB at the remote terminal.
Page 67
6F2S1931 (0.20) Detecting the failure of circuit breakers 2.2.1 If current continues to flow for a pre-determined duration following the issuance of a trip command, the CBF function will determine that a CB failure has occurred. The existence of the current is detected by an overcurrent element (OCCBF_CH*) provided in each phase of the primary circuit of the CT.
Page 68
6F2S1931 (0.20) Several schemes are provided; examples describing Re-trip, Zone-trip and Transfer-trip for the removal of faults following the failure of a target circuit breaker are explained on the next page using the procedures introduced above. Example of Zone trip External fault outside of the bus-bar and circuit-breaker-failure condition on the Line CB Table 2.2-3 Operation example #1...
Page 69
6F2S1931 (0.20) Internal fault on the bus-bar and existence of a circuit-breaker-failure condition on the bus-coupler CB (CBC) Table 2.2-4 Operation example #2 Incident Trip issuing and Operation Comment A fault occurs in zone A. Step1 Fault occurrence in zone A of the bus-bar Busbar Busbar Zone A...
Page 70
6F2S1931 (0.20) Example of Transfer-trip (ii) Internal fault on the bus-bar and circuit breaker failure condition on the Line CB Table 2.2-5 Operation example #3 Incident Trip issuing and Operation Comment A fault occurs in zone A. Step1 Fault occurrence in zone A of bus-bar Busbar Busbar Zone A...
Page 71
6F2S1931 (0.20) commands externally using PLC connection points in the CBF function. CBF start The CH* operates on a per-phase basis; it is initiated with ‘GEN.TRIP_CH*’ , ‘CBF- START-A/-B/-C_CH*’ , ‘EXT.CBF_START-A/-B/-C_CH*’ or ‘INT.CBF_START_CH*’ . Note that the PLC signals must be present for as long as the fault persists. Figure 2.2-2 ( ○...
Page 72
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signals generated in Feeder, Bus-coupler, Bus-section protections except for Busbar protection To Re-trip, Zone-trip, and Transfer-trip scheme in CH1 From Binary input CBF-STRAT-A_CH1 (BI7 of CH1’s BIO module) START-ReTrip-A_CH1 ≥1 ≥1 CBF-STRAT-B_CH1 (BI8 of CH1’s BIO module) α START-ReTrip-B_CH1 ≥1 ≥1...
Page 73
6F2S1931 (0.20) CBF re-trip (ii) The scheme [CBF-Retrip_CH*] is used for selecting the re-trip operation mode (either Off, On, or On-T). The re-trip signal is generated once the OCCBF_CH* relay operates in the setting [CBF-Retrip_CH*]=On. However, in the [CBF-Retrip_CH*]=On-T, the re-trip signal can be generated with absence of the OCCBF_CH* operation.
Page 75
6F2S1931 (0.20) CBF Zone-trip and Transfer-trip (iii) The scheme switch [CBF-Trip_CH*] controls the ‘Zone-trip’ and ‘Transfer-trip’ schemes in the CH*. If [CBF-Trip_CH*]=On, both ‘Zone-trip’ and ‘Transfer-trip’ signals will be issued to the TRC regardless of the ‘Re-trip’ operation (See section 2.2.4(i) to (iii)). If [CBF- Trip_CH*]=On-AftRe, ‘Zone-trip’...
6F2S1931 (0.20) To TRC Trip 8320011B60 CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZAX CBF-ZONE.TRIP_CH1 & ≥1 CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZBX & CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZFX & PROT-ZA_CH1 & From Replica PROT-ZB_CH1 & PROT-ZF_CH1 & CTP-NOBLK_CH1 Transfer trip 8620011B61 CBF-TR.OPT_CH1 CBF-TR.TRIP_CH1 ≥1 & FS-TRIP_CH1 From FS ≧1 ≥1 TR-ZA_CH1 & From Replica TR-ZB_CH1 &...
Page 79
6F2S1931 (0.20) CBF operation by faults occurrence 2.2.4 Target CB tripped normally Figure 2.2-7 shows a timing chart for the operation of the CBF protection when the target CB† trips normally. Timers TCBF-RE_CH* and TCBF-ZONE_CH* are initiated by the trip command following the occurrence of a fault, however a CBF re-trip and a CBF Zone-trip will not occur because the OCCBF relay is reset before timers CBF re-trip and CBF Zone-trip time out.
Page 80
6F2S1931 (0.20) Target CB tripped by CBF re-trip (ii) Figure 2.2-8 shows a CBF re-trip of the target CB. If the OCCBF relay continues to operate a CBF re-trip command is issued to the target CB if the setting time of [TCBF-RE_CH*] has elapsed.
Page 81
6F2S1931 (0.20) Adjacent CB(s) tripped with Zone-trip (iii) Figure 2.2-9 shows a CBF Zone-trip command of the adjacent CB(s). If the target CB has failed to clear a fault following operation of a trip relay and if the subsequent re-trip has been unsuccessful –...
Page 82
6F2S1931 (0.20) Re-trip and Zone-trip in series initiation (iv) The CBF re-trip and the Zone-trip can be initiated in series using scheme switch [CBF- Trip_CH*] setting On-AftRe. For series initiation, the timers settings using [TCBF-RE_CH*] and [TCBF-ZONE_CH*] are initiated in series from a trip signal, as shown in the below figure. If the target CB has failed to clear a fault following operation of a trip relay and if the subsequent re-trip has been unsuccessful the OCCBF relay will continue to operate.
Page 83
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 2.2.5 Setting of CBP_CBF(Function ID: 456B01) Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value Common CBFTP-FS Off / On – Applying signals from Fail-safe function Off / On Phase segregated trip or 3-phase trip Re-Trip CBFRe-TPMD 1P / 3P –...
Page 84
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) 2.2.6 Connection point in PLC logic CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 800010EBB0 ADD.CBF_ZONE.TP-ZA Additional CBF zone-A trip command 810020EBB0 ADD.CBF_ZONE.TP-ZB Additional CBF zone-B trip command 820030EBB0 ADD.CBF_ZONE.TP-ZC Additional CBF zone-C trip command 830040EBB0 ADD.CBF_ZONE.TP-ZD Additional CBF zone-D trip command...
Page 89
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connection point in PLC logic CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 805006EBB8 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-A_CH6 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH6 (Phase A) 815006EBB9 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-B_CH6 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH6 (Phase B) 825006EBBA CBF-SUB.OCCBF-C_CH6 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH6 (Phase C) 835006EBBB CBF-SUB.OCCBF_CH6 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH6 (Three phases ORed)
Page 90
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connection point in PLC logic CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 805017EBB8 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-A_CH17 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH17 (Phase A) 815017EBB9 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-B_CH17 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH17 (Phase B) 825017EBBA CBF-SUB.OCCBF-C_CH17 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH17 (Phase C) 835017EBBB CBF-SUB.OCCBF_CH17 Additional external signal for OCCBF_CH17 (Three phases ORed)
Page 91
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8120001B61 CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZB CBF ZONE-B protection operated 8220001B62 CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZC CBF ZONE-C protection operated 8320001B63 CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZD CBF ZONE-D protection operated 8420001B64 CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZE CBF ZONE-E protection operated 8520001B65 CBF-ZONE.OPT-ZF CBF ZONE-F protection operated 3100001B62 CBF-ZONE.OPT_ZX...
Page 92
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8110051B61 CBF-RE.OPT-B_CH6 CBF-RE.OPT_CH6 protection operated (phase-B) 8110061B61 CBF-RE.OPT-B_CH7 CBF-RE.OPT_CH7 protection operated (phase-B) 8110071B61 CBF-RE.OPT-B_CH8 CBF-RE.OPT_CH8 protection operated (phase-B) 8110081B61 CBF-RE.OPT-B_CH9 CBF-RE.OPT_CH9 protection operated (phase-B) 8110091B61 CBF-RE.OPT-B_CH10 CBF-RE.OPT_CH10 protection operated (phase-B) 8110101B61 CBF-RE.OPT-B_CH11...
Page 93
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8310011B63 CBF-RE.OPT_CH2 CBF-RE.OPT_CH2 protection operated 8310021B63 CBF-RE.OPT_CH3 CBF-RE.OPT_CH3 protection operated 8310031B63 CBF-RE.OPT_CH4 CBF-RE.OPT_CH4 protection operated 8310041B63 CBF-RE.OPT_CH5 CBF-RE.OPT_CH5 protection operated 8310051B63 CBF-RE.OPT_CH6 CBF-RE.OPT_CH6 protection operated 8310061B63 CBF-RE.OPT_CH7 CBF-RE.OPT_CH7 protection operated 8310071B63...
Page 94
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8010211B64 CBF-RE.TRIP-A_CH22 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH22 protection operated (phase-A) 8010221B64 CBF-RE.TRIP-A_CH23 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH23 protection operated (phase-A) 8010231B64 CBF-RE.TRIP-A_CH24 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH24 protection operated (phase-A) 8110001B65 CBF-RE.TRIP-B_CH1 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH1 protection operated (phase-B) 8110011B65 CBF-RE.TRIP-B_CH2 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH2 protection operated (phase-B) 8110021B65 CBF-RE.TRIP-B_CH3...
Page 95
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8210171B66 CBF-RE.TRIP-C_CH18 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH18 protection operated (phase-C) 8210181B66 CBF-RE.TRIP-C_CH19 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH19 protection operated (phase-C) 8210191B66 CBF-RE.TRIP-C_CH20 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH20 protection operated (phase-C) 8210201B66 CBF-RE.TRIP-C_CH21 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH21 protection operated (phase-C) 8210211B66 CBF-RE.TRIP-C_CH22 CBF-RE.TRIP_CH22 protection operated (phase-C) 8210221B66 CBF-RE.TRIP-C_CH23...
Page 96
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8010131B68 CBF-ZONE.OPT-A_CH14 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH14 protection operated (phase-A) 8010141B68 CBF-ZONE.OPT-A_CH15 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH15 protection operated (phase-A) 8010151B68 CBF-ZONE.OPT-A_CH16 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH16 protection operated (phase-A) 8010161B68 CBF-ZONE.OPT-A_CH17 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH17 protection operated (phase-A) 8010171B68 CBF-ZONE.OPT-A_CH18 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH18 protection operated (phase-A) 8010181B68 CBF-ZONE.OPT-A_CH19...
Page 97
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8210091B6A CBF-ZONE.OPT-C_CH10 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH10 protection operated (phase-C) 8210101B6A CBF-ZONE.OPT-C_CH11 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH11 protection operated (phase-C) 8210111B6A CBF-ZONE.OPT-C_CH12 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH12 protection operated (phase-C) 8210121B6A CBF-ZONE.OPT-C_CH13 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH13 protection operated (phase-C) 8210131B6A CBF-ZONE.OPT-C_CH14 CBF-ZONE.OPT_CH14 protection operated (phase-C) 8210141B6A CBF-ZONE.OPT-C_CH15...
Page 98
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8010051B6C CBF-TR.OPT-A_CH6 CBF-TR.OPT_CH6 protection operated (phase-A) 8010061B6C CBF-TR.OPT-A_CH7 CBF-TR.OPT_CH7 protection operated (phase-A) 8010071B6C CBF-TR.OPT-A_CH8 CBF-TR.OPT_CH8 protection operated (phase-A) 8010081B6C CBF-TR.OPT-A_CH9 CBF-TR.OPT_CH9 protection operated (phase-A) 8010091B6C CBF-TR.OPT-A_CH10 CBF-TR.OPT_CH10 protection operated (phase-A) 8010101B6C CBF-TR.OPT-A_CH11...
Page 99
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8210011B6E CBF-TR.OPT-C_CH2 CBF-TR.OPT_CH2 protection operated (phase-C) 8210021B6E CBF-TR.OPT-C_CH3 CBF-TR.OPT_CH3 protection operated (phase-C) 8210031B6E CBF-TR.OPT-C_CH4 CBF-TR.OPT_CH4 protection operated (phase-C) 8210041B6E CBF-TR.OPT-C_CH5 CBF-TR.OPT_CH5 protection operated (phase-C) 8210051B6E CBF-TR.OPT-C_CH6 CBF-TR.OPT_CH6 protection operated (phase-C) 8210061B6E CBF-TR.OPT-C_CH7...
Page 105
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8410011BB4 INT.CBF_START_CH2 External CBF start command in the case of busbar fault 8410021BB4 INT.CBF_START_CH3 External CBF start command in the case of busbar fault 8410031BB4 INT.CBF_START_CH4 External CBF start command in the case of busbar fault 8410041BB4 INT.CBF_START_CH5...
Page 106
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 80F0001B75 OCCBF_CH22 OCCBF_CH22 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 80F0001B76 OCCBF_CH23 OCCBF_CH23 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 80F0001B77 OCCBF_CH24 OCCBF_CH24 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 8000001C20 OCCBF_CH1-A OCCBF_CH1 relay element operated (phase-A) 8000011C20 OCCBF_CH2-A OCCBF_CH2 relay element operated (phase-A)
Page 107
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8100171C21 OCCBF_CH18-B OCCBF_CH18 relay element operated (phase-B) 8100181C21 OCCBF_CH19-B OCCBF_CH19 relay element operated (phase-B) 8100191C21 OCCBF_CH20-B OCCBF_CH20 relay element operated (phase-B) 8100201C21 OCCBF_CH21-B OCCBF_CH21 relay element operated (phase-B) 8100211C21 OCCBF_CH22-B OCCBF_CH22 relay element operated (phase-B)
Page 108
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8150041BB9 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-B_CH4 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH4 (Phase B) 8250041BBA CBF-SUB.OCCBF-C_CH4 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH4 (Phase C) 8350041BBB CBF-SUB.OCCBF_CH4 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH4 (Three phases ORed) 8050051BB8 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-A_CH5 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH5 (Phase A) 8150051BB9...
Page 109
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_CBF (Function ID: 456B01) Element ID Name Description 8150151BB9 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-B_CH15 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH15 (Phase B) 8250151BBA CBF-SUB.OCCBF-C_CH15 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH15 (Phase C) 8350151BBB CBF-SUB.OCCBF_CH15 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH15 (Three phases ORed) 8050161BB8 CBF-SUB.OCCBF-A_CH16 Signal monitor for OCCBF_CH16 (Phase A) 8150161BB9...
Page 110
6F2S1931 (0.20) Fail safe (FS) A trip signal is issued when respective protection functions are activated by faults. High reliability is required for the issue of trip signals. Hence, a fail-safe (FS) function can be introduced to ensure that the protection functions issue the trip signals securely; such that the trip signal can be issued when the trip conditions are established.
Page 111
6F2S1931 (0.20) Under-voltage element for phase-to-earth voltage (UVFS) 2.3.1 The UVFS measures a phase-to-earth voltage and its sensitivity is set with setting [UVFS]. The operation of the UVFS is initiated when the phase-to-earth voltage drops below the setting and the On setting is selected for the scheme switch [UVFS-EN]. Under-voltage element for phase-to-phase voltage (UVSFS) 2.3.2 The UVSFS measures a phase-to-phase voltage and if the value is below setting [UVSFS],...
Page 113
6F2S1931 (0.20) note that the failsafe signals for the transfer-trip signals. From FS signal generator FS.OP-ZONE-A FS.OP-ZONE-B FS.OP-ZONE-C FS.OP-ZONE-F From Replica Trip scheme To DIF, CBF, COMTP, EFP, OC PROT-ZA_CH1 & 8301001B65 ≥1 PROT-ZB_CH1 FS-TRIP_CH1 & PROT-ZC_CH1 & PROT-ZF_CH1 & PROT-ZA_CH2 8301011B65 &...
Page 114
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 2.3.5 Setting of CBP_FS (Function ID: 48CB01) Unit Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value UVFS-EN Off / On – Fail safe UVFS enable UVFS 5.0 - 130.0 UVFS relay operating value 46.0 UVSFS-EN Off / On –...
Page 115
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) 2.3.6 Connection point in PLC logic CBP_FS (Function ID: 48C001) Element ID Name Description 800010EBB0 ADD.FS_OP-ZA Injection to additional Failsafe signal for zone-A 810020EBB0 ADD.FS_OP-ZB Injection to additional Failsafe signal for zone-B 820030EBB0 ADD.FS_OP-ZC Injection to additional Failsafe signal for zone-C 830040EBB0 ADD.FS_OP-ZD...
Page 116
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_FS (Function ID: 48CB01) Element ID Name Description 8C00401C24 UVSFSZD-AB UVSFSZD relay element operated (phase-AB) 8000501C24 UVSFSZE-AB UVSFSZE relay element operated (phase-AB) 8400601C24 UVSFSZF-AB UVSFSZF relay element operated (phase-AB) 8100101C25 UVSFSZA-BC UVSFSZA relay element operated (phase-BC) 8500201C25 UVSFSZB-BC UVSFSZB relay element operated (phase-BC)
Page 117
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_FS (Function ID: 48CB01) Element ID Name Description 8500601B60 UVFSZF-OR UVFSZF relay element operated (3-phases OR) 8F00001B64 FS.OP Fail safe operated(6-Zone OR) 8000101B63 FS.OP-ZA Fail safe of zone-A operated 8100201B63 FS.OP-ZB Fail safe of zone-B operated 8200301B63 FS.OP-ZC Fail safe of zone-C operated...
Page 118
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_FS (Function ID: 48CB01) Element ID Name Description 8601061B66 FS-TR.TRIP_CH7 Failsafe-CH7 transfer trip operated 8601071B66 FS-TR.TRIP_CH8 Failsafe-CH8 transfer trip operated 8601081B66 FS-TR.TRIP_CH9 Failsafe-CH9 transfer trip operated 8601091B66 FS-TR.TRIP_CH10 Failsafe-CH10 transfer trip operated 8601101B66 FS-TR.TRIP_CH11 Failsafe-CH11 transfer trip operated 8601111B66 FS-TR.TRIP_CH12...
Page 119
6F2S1931 (0.20) Command trip function (COMTP) If a CB is required to trip under a particular condition, the user can use the command trip (COMTP) function to generate a command trip signal. For example, if the COMTP function receives a trip signal come from an external IED, the COMTP function will enable tripping of the CBs within a corresponding protection zone.
Page 120
6F2S1931 (0.20) Operation of Command-trip 2.4.1 An example (Figure 2.4-1) shows that a bus-bar protection is configured using 10 CHs. The example shows how the initiation of Command-trip is triggered by falling gas-pressure. The falling gas-pressure signal can be sent to CH1; then, the Replica evaluation function determines which protection-zones and CHs are appropriate to issue Command-trip signal to the TRC.
Page 121
6F2S1931 (0.20) Scheme logic and setting 2.4.3 Figure 2.4-2 and Figure 2.4-3 show the scheme logic of the COMTP. Scheme switch [COMTP- EN] setting On will enable to operate COMTP function for all CHs. PLC signal COMTP_BLOCK will block the COMTP operation. Setting [TCOMTP_CH*] is provided as a delay timer in each CH.
6F2S1931 (0.20) Command-trip output and Command-Transfer-trip output are shown in Figure 2.4-4 to Figure 2.4-6. If replica setting [BayDevice_CH*] = Coupler, and the busbars connected by the coupler are bridged, tripping the coupler CB is forbidden when the setting [CoupTpBlk] = Block.
6F2S1931 (0.20) Trip 8320021B60 To TRC COM.OPT-ZAX COM-TRIP_CH2 ○ ≥1 & COM.OPT-ZBX & COM.OPT-ZFX & From Replica] PROT-ZA_CH2 & PROT-ZB_CH2 & PROT-ZF_CH2 & CTP-NOBLK_CH2 From Fail-Safe FS-TRIP_CH2 ≥1 Transfer trip 8620021B61 From Replica] COM-TR.TRIP_CH2 TR-ZA_CH2 & ≥1 TR-ZB_CH2 & TR-ZF_CH2 &...
Page 125
6F2S1931 (0.20) Operation example of Command-transfer-trip 2.4.4 Figure 2.4-7 shows double busbars with a transfer busbar. Feeder4 is being operated as the transfer busbar. Let us suppose CH6 receives a falling gas-pressure signal via PLC connection point “COMTP_INIT_CH6” (Step 1). The CHs (i.e., CH1, CH3, and both CH5 and CH6) can issue Command-trip signals to the TRC for tripping the local CBs of Zone A and Zone C (Step 2).
Page 126
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 2.4.5 Setting of CBP_COMTP (Function ID: 486B01) Unit Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value COMTP-EN Off / On Command trip enable COMTP COMTP-FS Off / On Fail safe for command trip enable TCOMTP_CH1 0.00 - 300.00 Command trip delay time CH1 0.00 TCOMTP_CH2...
Page 127
6F2S1931 (0.20) Data ID 2.4.6 Signal monitoring point CBP_COMTP (Function ID: 486B01) Element ID Name Description 8000101BB0 ADD.COM.TP-ZA Additional Command-Trip-ZA trip command 8100201BB0 ADD.COM.TP-ZB Additional Command-Trip-ZB trip command 8200301BB0 ADD.COM.TP-ZC Additional Command-Trip-ZC trip command 8300401BB0 ADD.COM.TP-ZD Additional Command-Trip-ZD trip command 8400501BB0 ADD.COM.TP-ZE Additional Command-Trip-ZE trip command...
Page 128
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_COMTP (Function ID: 486B01) Element ID Name Description 8320031B60 COM-TRIP_CH3 COM-TRIP_CH3 protection operated 8320041B60 COM-TRIP_CH4 COM-TRIP_CH4 protection operated 8320051B60 COM-TRIP_CH5 COM-TRIP_CH5 protection operated 8320061B60 COM-TRIP_CH6 COM-TRIP_CH6 protection operated 8320071B60 COM-TRIP_CH7 COM-TRIP_CH7 protection operated 8320081B60 COM-TRIP_CH8 COM-TRIP_CH8 protection operated 8320091B60...
Page 129
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_COMTP (Function ID: 486B01) Element ID Name Description 8010221BB0 COMTP_INIT_CH23 Command trip initiation signal in CH23 8010231BB0 COMTP_INIT_CH24 Command trip initiation signal in CH24 Connection point in PLC logic CBP_COMTP (Function ID: 486B01) Element ID Name Description...
Page 130
6F2S1931 (0.20) End fault protection (EFP) End fault protection (EFP) is used to protect the zone between Current Transformer (CT) and Circuit Breaker (CB) while the CB is open. ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Note: The implementation of particular features is dependent upon the selection of hardware and the configuration of functions.
Page 131
6F2S1931 (0.20) Operation of EFP-trip 2.5.1 Based on the placement of CT and CB, the EFP function is grouped into three modes: (i) EFP Zone-trip (Mode 1), (ii) EFP Transfer-trip (Mode 2), and (iii) Non EFP-trip. Using scheme switches [EFP-EN_CH*], the user can select either On-Zone (Mode 1)/ On-TR (Mode 2)/ Off. Operation of EFP Zone-trip (Mode 1) Suppose a CB (CB-A) is placed at the line side and the bus-bar is operated while CB-A is in the open position.
Page 132
6F2S1931 (0.20) Operation of EFP Transfer-trip (Mode 2) (ii) Figure 2.5-3 shows the CT used in the bus-bar protection with the CB (CB-A) located at the busbar side of the CT; the bus-bar will operate despite CB-A being open. If a fault occurs between the CT and CB-A, the DIF relay may operate because the fault occurs in its zone of protection.
Page 133
6F2S1931 (0.20) Scheme logic and setting 2.5.2 Figure 2.5-5 to Figure 2.5-7 show that signals ‘EFP_ZONE.OTP_CH* and EFP_TR.OTP_CH*’ are generated for trip evaluations. The signals will be issued based on both the OCEFP_CH* element operations and the CB open conditions .
6F2S1931 (0.20) The EFP function has Zone-trip and Transfer-trip logics, as shown in Figure 2.5-9 to Figure 2.5-11. If replica setting [BayDevice_CH*] = Coupler and the coupler is bridged, tripping the coupler CB (CBC) is forbidden when the setting [CoupTpBlk] = Block. Contrarily, tripping the CBC is not blocked when the setting [CoupTpBlk] = Non.
6F2S1931 (0.20) Trip To TRC 8320021B60 ○ EFP-ZONE.OPT-ZAX EFP-TRIP_CH2 & ≥1 EFP-ZONE.OPT-ZBX & EFP-ZONE.OPT-ZFX & From Replica PROT-ZA_CH2 & PROT-ZB_CH2 & PROT-ZF_CH2 & CTP-NOBLK_CH2 From Fail-Safe FS-TRIP_CH2 ≥1 Transfer trip 8620021B61 ○ EFP-TR.OPT_CH2 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH2 ≥1 From Replica TR-ZA_CH2 & TR-ZB_CH2 &...
Page 137
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 2.5.3 Setting of CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Default Setting item Range Contents setting Notes value EFPTP-FS Off/ On Fail safe for EFP trip enable Common EFP-EN_CH1 Off / On-Zone / On-TR EFP enable 0.10 - 5.00 OCEFP relay operating level (multiplied by CT secondary 1.00 OCEFP_CH1 rating)
Page 138
6F2S1931 (0.20) Data ID 2.5.4 Signal monitoring point CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Element ID Name Description 8000101BB0 ADD.EFP-ZONE.TP-ZA Additional EFP zone-A trip command 8100201BB0 ADD.EFP-ZONE.TP-ZB Additional EFP zone-B trip command 8200301BB0 ADD.EFP-ZONE.TP-ZC Additional EFP zone-C trip command 8300401BB0 ADD.EFP-ZONE.TP-ZD Additional EFP zone-D trip command 8400501BB0 ADD.EFP-ZONE.TP-ZE...
Page 139
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Element ID Name Description 8620091B61 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH9 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH9 protection operated 8620101B61 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH10 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH10 protection operated 8620111B61 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH11 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH11 protection operated 8620121B61 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH12 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH12 protection operated 8620131B61 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH13 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH13 protection operated 8620141B61 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH14 EFP-TR.TRIP_CH14 protection operated 8620151B61...
Page 140
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Element ID Name Description 8220001B62 EFP-ZONE.OPT-ZC EFP ZONE-C protection operated 8320001B63 EFP-ZONE.OPT-ZD EFP ZONE-D protection operated 8420001B64 EFP-ZONE.OPT-ZE EFP ZONE-E protection operated 8520001B65 EFP-ZONE.OPT-ZF EFP ZONE-F protection operated 8010001B6B EFP-ZONE.OPT_CH1 EFP-ZONE.OPT_CH1 protection operated 8010011B6B EFP-ZONE.OPT_CH2...
Page 141
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Element ID Name Description 8010161B60 EFP.OPT-A_CH17 EFP-OPT_CH17 protection operated (phase-A) 8010171B60 EFP.OPT-A_CH18 EFP-OPT_CH18 protection operated (phase-A) 8010181B60 EFP.OPT-A_CH19 EFP-OPT_CH19 protection operated (phase-A) 8010191B60 EFP.OPT-A_CH20 EFP-OPT_CH20 protection operated (phase-A) 8010201B60 EFP.OPT-A_CH21 EFP-OPT_CH21 protection operated (phase-A) 8010211B60 EFP.OPT-A_CH22...
Page 142
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Element ID Name Description 8210121B62 EFP.OPT-C_CH13 EFP-OPT_CH13 protection operated (phase-C) 8210131B62 EFP.OPT-C_CH14 EFP-OPT_CH14 protection operated (phase-C) 8210141B62 EFP.OPT-C_CH15 EFP-OPT_CH15 protection operated (phase-C) 8210151B62 EFP.OPT-C_CH16 EFP-OPT_CH16 protection operated (phase-C) 8210161B62 EFP.OPT-C_CH17 EFP-OPT_CH17 protection operated (phase-C) 8210171B62 EFP.OPT-C_CH18...
Page 143
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Element ID Name Description 8000071C20 OCEFP_CH8-A OCEFP_CH8 relay element operated (phase-A) 8000081C20 OCEFP_CH9-A OCEFP_CH9 relay element operated (phase-A) 8000091C20 OCEFP_CH10-A OCEFP_CH10 relay element operated (phase-A) 8000101C20 OCEFP_CH11-A OCEFP_CH11 relay element operated (phase-A) 8000111C20 OCEFP_CH12-A OCEFP_CH12 relay element operated (phase-A)
Page 144
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_EFP (Function ID: 457B01) Element ID Name Description 8200031C22 OCEFP_CH4-C OCEFP_CH4 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200041C22 OCEFP_CH5-C OCEFP_CH5 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200051C22 OCEFP_CH6-C OCEFP_CH6 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200061C22 OCEFP_CH7-C OCEFP_CH7 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200071C22 OCEFP_CH8-C OCEFP_CH8 relay element operated (phase-C)
Page 145
6F2S1931 (0.20) Non-directional overcurrent protection (OC) Overcurrent protection relay (hereafter referred to as OC) detects overcurrent conditions and operates accordingly. In each CH, the OC function has two stages (OC1 and OC2 elements), which operate independently. To simplify the description, only OC1 element is discussed but is applicable to OC2;...
Page 146
6F2S1931 (0.20) Characteristic of non-directional OC 2.6.1 The characteristic of the non-directional type OC element is a circle that has a center at the origin, as shown in Figure 2.6-1. The circle illustrates the threshold value of the non-directional OC element and the hatched area shows the operational area of the non-directional OC. Stage 1 Figure 2.6-1 Non-directional OC characteristic Inverse time and definite time delay and characteristic...
Page 147
6F2S1931 (0.20) among 10 characteristic curves† in conformance with IEC, IEEE, US, and UK standards. †Note: A user-defined ‘Original’ curve can also be applied in addition to the 10 predefined characteristics provided. With dependent time resetting selected, if during the resetting period the energizing current exceeds the threshold current of the OC element, then the OC element will pick-up.
Page 148
6F2S1931 (0.20) element with an on-delay timer provides a selective protection. As a result, the circuit breaker (CB) at the remote terminal far from the power source can be tripped in the shortest time. The on-delay timer, which generates a delay in starting the operation of the OC element, provides a time grading margin (Tc);...
Page 149
6F2S1931 (0.20) TMS = time multiplier setting number, k, α, c = constants defining curve. The nine pre-programmed standard characteristic curves are defined in Table 2.6-2. In addition, one original (user-programmable) curve can be applied. One curve can be chosen for each OC stage.
Page 150
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 2.6-2 IDMT characteristic curves Operate time of DT The operate time in the DT is a constant. Time characteristic The user should set DT for the scheme switches [OC1-Timer]. The value of the required operate time is set for the setting [TOC1] in the range 0.00–300.00s. Instantaneous activation The operate time of instantaneous characteristic is achieved by setting zero for the [TOC1].
Page 151
6F2S1931 (0.20) where, t = time required for the element to reset fully after complete operation (seconds), I = energizing current (amperes), I s = threshold setting (amperes), RTMS = time multiplier setting for resetting, kr = time required to reset fully after complete operation when the energizing current is zero (seconds), β...
Page 152
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 2.6-3 Inverse-time-reset characteristics curves Figure 2.6-4 illustrates that an integrating value will be influenced dependent on the DEP or DEF setting. An energized quantity (I), where I is greater than a threshold setting [OC1], will make an integrating value, which can determine how the element operates. If the energized quantity (I) falls below the threshold setting [OC1], the element operation will return to its reset stage after the time t(I) calculated in Equation (2.6-2).
Page 153
6F2S1931 (0.20) Time Energizing current Energizing current cleared by tripping Pickup threshold in relay [OC1] threshold Measuring quantity Inverse-time-reset characteristic Stage to element return Setting [*-Rtimer]=DEP Integrator Trip signal The integration will be deceased depending on the [OC1-RTMS-*] reset characteristics. Definite-time-reset characteristic Stage to element return...
Page 154
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting items Mode / range Contents Default Unit 0.00 - 300.00 Definite time reset delay 0.00 TOC*R Dependent reset time multiplier in 0.010 - 50.000 1.000 OC*-RTMS-IEEE IEEE inverse curve Dependent reset time multiplier in 0.010 - 50.000 1.000 OC*-RTMS-US US inverse curve...
Page 155
6F2S1931 (0.20) Summary of OC operation (viii) Table 2.6-5 shows the summary of OC operation in each CH. Table 2.6-5 Type and standard board (Ticks show selectable functions) IDMT Characteristics IEC-NI IEC-VI IEC-EI UK-LTI IEEE-MI IEEE-VI IEEE-EI US-CO2 US-CO8 Original ...
Page 156
6F2S1931 (0.20) Miscellaneous functions 2.6.5 OC trip signal Trip is set for the scheme switch [OC*-UseFor] for normal trip operation in each CH. When the user wishes to have an alarm signal in place of the trip signal, set Alarm for the scheme switch [OC*-UseFor].
Page 157
6F2S1931 (0.20) Scheme logic and settings 2.6.6 The following CH evaluation logics (Figure 2.6-5 to Figure 2.6-7) have the non-directional OC1 and OC2 elements. OC elements can operate when On is set for setting [OC*-EN]. On the occurrence of a fault, an OC element can pick up the fault; then, it can generate signals ‘OC1/2.OPT_CH*’...
Page 160
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 2.6.7 Setting (CH1) of CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value OCTP-FS Off / On – Fail safe for all OC tripping Common OC1-EN Off / On – Enabling switch for OC1 element in CH1 IEC-NI / IEC-VI / IEC-EI IEEE-MI /IEEE-VI /IEEE-EI Delay type...
Page 161
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting (CH2) of CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Default Setting item Range Contents setting Notes value OC1-EN Off / On – Enabling switch for OC1 element in CH2 IEC-NI / IEC-VI / IEC-EI IEEE-MI /IEEE-VI /IEEE-EI Delay type OC1-Timer UK-LTI/ US-CO2/ US-CO8 DT/ Original Threshold in DT mode (multiple of CT 2nd rating) OC1 (in DT)
Page 162
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting (CH3) of CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Default Setting item Range Contents setting Notes value OC1-EN Off / On – Enabling switch for OC1 element in CH3 IEC-NI / IEC-VI / IEC-EI IEEE-MI /IEEE-VI /IEEE-EI Delay type OC1-Timer UK-LTI/ US-CO2/ US-CO8 DT/ Original Threshold in DT mode (multiple of CT 2nd rating) OC1 (in DT)
Page 163
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting (CH24) of CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Default Setting item Range Contents setting Notes value CH24 OC1-EN Off / On – Enabling switch for OC1 element in CH24 IEC-NI / IEC-VI / IEC-EI IEEE-MI /IEEE-VI /IEEE-EI Delay type OC1-Timer UK-LTI/ US-CO2/ US-CO8 DT/ Original Threshold in DT mode (multiple of CT 2nd rating)
Page 164
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) 2.6.8 Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8000001BB8 OC-BLOCK OC protection block command 8200001BB2 OC-BLOCK_CH1 OC_CH1 protection block command 8200011BB5 OC-BLOCK_CH2 OC_CH2 protection block command 8200021BB8 OC-BLOCK_CH3 OC_CH3 protection block command 8200031BBB OC-BLOCK_CH4 OC_CH4 protection block command...
Page 165
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8FC0181B62 OC-TRIP_CH18 Trip signal of OC_CH18 protection operation 8FC0191B62 OC-TRIP_CH19 Trip signal of OC_CH19 protection operation 8FC0201B62 OC-TRIP_CH20 Trip signal of OC_CH20 protection operation 8FC0211B62 OC-TRIP_CH21 Trip signal of OC_CH21 protection operation 8FC0221B62 OC-TRIP_CH22 Trip signal of OC_CH22 protection operation...
Page 166
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 80C0091B60 OC1-TRIP_CH9 Trip signal of OC1_CH9 protection operation 80C0101B60 OC1-TRIP_CH10 Trip signal of OC1_CH10 protection operation 80C0111B60 OC1-TRIP_CH11 Trip signal of OC1_CH11 protection operation 80C0121B60 OC1-TRIP_CH12 Trip signal of OC1_CH12 protection operation 80C0131B60 OC1-TRIP_CH13 Trip signal of OC1_CH13 protection operation...
Page 167
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 80B0041B6B OC1.OPT_CH4 OC1_CH4 protection operated (3-phase OR) 80B0051B6B OC1.OPT_CH5 OC1_CH5 protection operated (3-phase OR) 80B0061B6B OC1.OPT_CH6 OC1_CH6 protection operated (3-phase OR) 80B0071B6B OC1.OPT_CH7 OC1_CH7 protection operated (3-phase OR) 80B0081B6B OC1.OPT_CH8 OC1_CH8 protection operated (3-phase OR)
Page 168
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 80E0241B60 OC1PU_CH24 OC1PU_CH24 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 80F0011B60 OC1_CH1 OC1_CH1 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 80F0021B60 OC1_CH2 OC1_CH2 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 80F0031B60 OC1_CH3 OC1_CH3 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 80F0041B60 OC1_CH4 OC1_CH4 relay element operated(3-phase OR)
Page 169
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 80B0201B60 OC1.OPT-A_CH20 OC1_CH20 protection operated (phase-A) 80B0211B60 OC1.OPT-A_CH21 OC1_CH21 protection operated (phase-A) 80B0221B60 OC1.OPT-A_CH22 OC1_CH22 protection operated (phase-A) 80B0231B60 OC1.OPT-A_CH23 OC1_CH23 protection operated (phase-A) 80B0241B60 OC1.OPT-A_CH24 OC1_CH24 protection operated (phase-A) 8000001C20 OC1_CH1-A OC1_CH1 relay element operated (phase-A)
Page 170
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8001151C20 OC1PU_CH16-A OC1PU_CH16 relay operation level pick up (phase-A) 8001161C20 OC1PU_CH17-A OC1PU_CH17 relay operation level pick up (phase-A) 8001171C20 OC1PU_CH18-A OC1PU_CH18 relay operation level pick up (phase-A) 8001181C20 OC1PU_CH19-A OC1PU_CH19 relay operation level pick up (phase-A)
Page 171
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8101111C21 OC1PU_CH12-B OC1PU_CH12 relay operation level pick up (phase-B) 8101121C21 OC1PU_CH13-B OC1PU_CH13 relay operation level pick up (phase-B) 8101131C21 OC1PU_CH14-B OC1PU_CH14 relay operation level pick up (phase-B) 8101141C21 OC1PU_CH15-B OC1PU_CH15 relay operation level pick up (phase-B)
Page 172
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8200071C22 OC1_CH8-C OC1_CH8 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200081C22 OC1_CH9-C OC1_CH9 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200091C22 OC1_CH10-C OC1_CH10 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200101C22 OC1_CH11-C OC1_CH11 relay element operated (phase-C) 8200111C22 OC1_CH12-C OC1_CH12 relay element operated (phase-C)
Page 174
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8100231BB6 OC2-BLOCK_CH24 OC2_CH24 protection block command 8120001B69 OC2.OPT OC2 protection operated 81C0011B61 OC2-TRIP_CH1 Trip signal of OC2_CH1 protection operation 81C0021B61 OC2-TRIP_CH2 Trip signal of OC2_CH2 protection operation 81C0031B61 OC2-TRIP_CH3 Trip signal of OC2_CH3 protection operation...
Page 175
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 81B0191B6F OC2.OPT_CH19 OC2_CH19 protection operated (3-phase OR) 81B0201B6F OC2.OPT_CH20 OC2_CH20 protection operated (3-phase OR) 81B0211B6F OC2.OPT_CH21 OC2_CH21 protection operated (3-phase OR) 81B0221B6F OC2.OPT_CH22 OC2_CH22 protection operated (3-phase OR) 81B0231B6F OC2.OPT_CH23 OC2_CH23 protection operated (3-phase OR)
Page 176
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 81F1151B60 OC2_CH15 OC2_CH15 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 81F1161B60 OC2_CH16 OC2_CH16 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 81F1171B60 OC2_CH17 OC2_CH17 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 81F1181B60 OC2_CH18 OC2_CH18 relay element operated(3-phase OR) 81F1191B60 OC2_CH19 OC2_CH19 relay element operated(3-phase OR)
Page 177
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8411101C20 OC2PU_CH11-A OC2PU_CH11 relay operation level pick up (phase-A) 8411111C20 OC2PU_CH12-A OC2PU_CH12 relay operation level pick up (phase-A) 8411121C20 OC2PU_CH13-A OC2PU_CH13 relay operation level pick up (phase-A) 8411131C20 OC2PU_CH14-A OC2PU_CH14 relay operation level pick up (phase-A)
Page 178
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_OC(Function ID: 458B01) Element ID Name Description 8510061C21 OC2_CH7-B OC2_CH7 relay element operated (phase-B) 8510071C21 OC2_CH8-B OC2_CH8 relay element operated (phase-B) 8510081C21 OC2_CH9-B OC2_CH9 relay element operated (phase-B) 8510091C21 OC2_CH10-B OC2_CH10 relay element operated (phase-B) 8510101C21 OC2_CH11-B OC2_CH11 relay element operated (phase-B)
Page 182
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connection point on PLC logic OC(Function ID: 440001) Element ID Name Description 800009EBB0 OC1-BLOCK_CH10 Blocking OC1 element in CH10 800010EBB0 OC1-BLOCK_CH11 Blocking OC1 element in CH11 800011EBB0 OC1-BLOCK_CH12 Blocking OC1 element in CH12 800012EBB0 OC1-BLOCK_CH13 Blocking OC1 element in CH13 800013EBB0 OC1-BLOCK_CH14 Blocking OC1 element in CH14...
Page 183
6F2S1931 (0.20) Trip circuit (TRC) When receiving the trip signals of respective protection functions, the trip circuit function (TRC) is able to generate trip commands for CBs at every CH. The TRC function segments the trip signals into three groups: General trip1, General trip2, and Transfer trip. The user can connect the three-grouped trip signals with binary output circuits (BO†) so that the trips command are delivered for every CB in respective CHs.
Page 184
6F2S1931 (0.20) General trip1 (GEN.TRIP1_CH*) 2.7.1 The TRC function can have General signals ‘GEN.TRIP1_CH*’, which are combined trip signals coming from the DIF, EFP, COMTP and OC functions: DIF-TRIP_CH*, COM- TRIP_CH*, EFP-TRIP_CH* and OC-TRIP_CH*. General trip2 (GEN.TRIP2_CH*) 2.7.2 The General trip2 group can have per-phase signals ‘CBF-RE.TRIP-A/B/C’_CH*’ and zone signals ‘CBF.ZONE.TRIP_CH*:’...
Page 185
6F2S1931 (0.20) General trip1 To BO From 8300101B60 DIF-TRIP_CH1 GEN.TRIP1_CH1 ≥1 COMTP From COM-TRIP_CH1 From EFP-TRIP_CH1 From OC-TRIP_CH1 General trip2 From 8000301B61 GEN.TRIP2-A_CH1 CBF-RE.TRIP-A_CH1 ≥1 8100301B62 GEN.TRIP2-B_CH1 CBF-RE.TRIP-B_CH1 ≥1 8200301B63 CBF-RE.TRIP-C_CH1 GEN.TRIP2-C_CH1 ≥1 8300301B64 2 out of 3 & ≥1 GEN.TRIP2_CH1 ≥1 ≥1...
Page 186
6F2S1931 (0.20) 8301001B60 GEN.TRIP1+2_CH1 GEN.TRIP1_CH1 ≥1 From CBF-ZONE.TRIP_CH1 8301001B61 GEN.TRIP1+2_CH2 GEN.TRIP1_CH2 ≥1 From CBF-ZONE.TRIP_CH2 CH24 8301001B77 GEN.TRIP1+2_CH24 GEN.TRIP1_CH24 ≥1 From CBF-ZONE.TRIP_CH24 GEN.TRIP_C1 to judge GEN.TRIP_C2 the trip signal on the coupler GEN.TRIP_C8 Figure 2.7-2 CBF start signal generated Figure 2.7-3 illustrates that the logic to detect tripping phases in the TRC function. To recording function From 8000501B65...
Page 187
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 2.7.5 Setting of CBP_TRC (Function ID: 4A2B01) Unit Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value TP2-MODE 1-Phase / 3-Phase / Per- Trip mode selection for Trip-2 Per-Phase Phase Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 173 -...
Page 188
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) 2.7.6 Connection point in PLC logic CBP_TRC (Function ID: 4A2B01) Element ID Name Description 800000EBB0 OPT.P-A_ADD Additional operated phase-A command 810000EBB1 OPT.P-B_ADD Additional operated phase-B command 820000EBB2 OPT.P-C_ADD Additional operated phase-C command Signal monitoring point ...
Page 189
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_TRC (Function ID: 4A2B01) Element ID Name Description 8300301B6F GEN.TRIP2_CH4 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-ABC in CH4 8300301B73 GEN.TRIP2_CH5 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-ABC in CH5 8300301B77 GEN.TRIP2_CH6 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-ABC in CH6 8300301B7B GEN.TRIP2_CH7...
Page 190
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_TRC (Function ID: 4A2B01) Element ID Name Description 8000311B6C GEN.TRIP2-A_CH24 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-A in CH24 8100301B61 GEN.TRIP2-B_CH1 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-B in CH1 8100301B65 GEN.TRIP2-B_CH2 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-B in CH2 8100301B69 GEN.TRIP2-B_CH3...
Page 191
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_TRC (Function ID: 4A2B01) Element ID Name Description 8200301BAE GEN.TRIP2-C_CH20 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-C in CH20 8200311B62 GEN.TRIP2-C_CH21 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-C in CH21 8200311B66 GEN.TRIP2-C_CH22 Re-trip signal generated in CBF relay in phase-C in CH22 8200311B6A GEN.TRIP2-C_CH23...
Page 192
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_TRC (Function ID: 4A2B01) Element ID Name Description 8600201B6E TR.TRIP_CH15 DIF Transfer trip signals etc. or CBF Transfer trip signal in CH15 8600201B6F TR.TRIP_CH16 DIF Transfer trip signals etc. or CBF Transfer trip signal in CH16 8600201B70 TR.TRIP_CH17 DIF Transfer trip signals etc.
Page 193
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_TRC (Function ID: 4A2B01) Element ID Name Description 8600401B6A TR.TRIP2_CH11 CFB Transfer trip signal in CH11 8600401B6B TR.TRIP2_CH12 CFB Transfer trip signal in CH12 8600401B6C TR.TRIP2_CH13 CFB Transfer trip signal in CH13 8600401B6D TR.TRIP2_CH14 CFB Transfer trip signal in CH14 8600401B6E TR.TRIP2_CH15...
Page 194
6F2S1931 (0.20) Miscellaneous Contact supervision (Contact SV) 2.8.1 The contact supervision function is designed for monitor the auxiliary contacts of circuit breakers (CBs) and disconnectors (DSs). The function can allow the supervision function, Chapter Automatic supervision which is discussed in , to issue an alarm if the auxiliary contacts are not well-positioned.
Page 195
6F2S1931 (0.20) Auxiliary Replica Contact supervision function contacts of CB function CB-SV 8F04001B6F TCBSV & CB_FAIL_CH1 CB_NO_CONT_CH1 0-100s CB_NC_CONT_CH1 (–) 8F04011B6F TCBSV & CB_FAIL_CH2 CB_NO_CONT_CH2 0-100s CB_NC_CONT_CH2 (–) CH24 CH24 8F04231B6F TCBSV & CB_FAIL_CH24 CB_NO_CONT_CH24 0-100s CB_NC_CONT_CH24 (–) Figure 2.8-1 CB supervision logics in CH1 to CH24 To Automatic supervision 8F04241B6F CB_FAIL...
Page 198
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) Signal monitoring point CBP_REPLICA (Function ID: 4F0B01) Element ID Name Description 8F04241B6F CB_FAIL One or more CBs are failed in CHs 8F04001B6F CB_FAIL_CH1 Detection of CB operation failure in CH1 8F04011B6F CB_FAIL_CH2 Detection of CB operation failure in CH2 8F04021B6F CB_FAIL_CH3 Detection of CB operation failure in CH3...
Page 199
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_REPLICA (Function ID: 4F0B01) Element ID Name Description 8004161B60 DS11_FAIL_CH17 Detection of DS11 operation failure in CH17 8004171B60 DS11_FAIL_CH18 Detection of DS11 operation failure in CH18 8004181B60 DS11_FAIL_CH19 Detection of DS11 operation failure in CH19 8004191B60 DS11_FAIL_CH20 Detection of DS11 operation failure in CH20...
Page 200
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CBP_REPLICA (Function ID: 4F0B01) Element ID Name Description 8204101B62 DS13_FAIL_CH11 Detection of DS13 operation failure in CH11 8204111B62 DS13_FAIL_CH12 Detection of DS13 operation failure in CH12 8204121B62 DS13_FAIL_CH13 Detection of DS13 operation failure in CH13 8204131B62 DS13_FAIL_CH14 Detection of DS13 operation failure in CH14...
Page 201
6F2S1931 (0.20) Blocking coupler (CoupTpBlk) 2.8.2 The user can block the operation of couplers using CoupTpBlk setting. If Block is set for CoupTpBlk, the CB tripping on the coupler will be blocked when a fault occurs on the busbar system during a busbar-bridge operation. Settings of CBP REPRICA (Function ID: 4F0B01) Unit Default...
Page 202
6F2S1931 (0.20) Exclusing zone evaluation (Exclusion_CH) The user can have stop zone evaluation using CH_Exclusion (Exclusion_CH*). When On is set for Exclusion_CH*, the selected CH* will be excluded from zone evaluation. The CH_Exclusion_CH* settings can be used for the maintenance, etc. Exclusion settings of CBP REPRICA (Function ID: 4F0B01) Unit Default...
Page 203
6F2S1931 (0.20) General control function Contents Pages Pages Common controls (CMNCTRL) LED reset function (LEDR) Control hierarchy Local control Control level and control point Mode control function (MDCTRL) Control scheme Select-before-operation mode (SBO) Counter function for the general (GCNT) Programmable logic control (PLC) Direct-operation mode (DIR) Remote control Centralized GRB200...
Page 204
6F2S1931 (0.20) Control scheme Figure 3.1-1 shows the control overview for the control function; there are two control stages: “Wait for a command” and “Receiving commands”. The function will wait for a command from the server in the first stage. During the receiving stage, the function will respond to “Select”, “Cancel”, and “Operate”...
Page 205
6F2S1931 (0.20) Command reception in SBO mode In the SBO receiving stage shown in Figure 3.1-1 we can find three processes: select, cancel, and operate command flows. Reception of “select command” Figure 3.1-2 shows a schematic process flow diagram when receiving a “select command” following the “Wait for a command”.
Page 206
6F2S1931 (0.20) Wait for a command Receiving “Cancel command” Success Return to “Wait Discarding of Cancel logic When Cancel is issued “select command” for a command” “Remote-cancel” from the remote-end Failed When Cancel is issued Do nothing Cancel logic “Local-cancel” from the local-end Figure 3.1-3 Scheme “Cancel command”...
Page 207
6F2S1931 (0.20) Control mode Either Select-Before-operation (SBO) or Direct-Operate-control (DIR) is provided as a control mode for the device. The user can select the preferred control mode. Select-before-operation mode (SBO) 3.2.1 The user should be aware that in the SBO mode a signal is returned from the target device in the form of a response signal, (answer).
Page 208
6F2S1931 (0.20) Process Server IE D (Control function) Target device (SAS) SBOw Selection Command Answer Response Oper. Operation Command Answer Response Figure 3.2-2 SBO with normal security Direct-operation mode (DIR) 3.2.2 In the DIR mode, a target device is controlled without the reception of the select command. An enhanced security mode (DOes) is also provided when the user wishes to control a device with additional security rather than the normal level of security experienced with mode (DOns) .
Page 209
6F2S1931 (0.20) IE D Process (Server) Control function Target device Operation Control Command Answer#1 Response Figure 3.2-4 Direct control with normal security Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 195 -...
Page 210
6F2S1931 (0.20) Control hierarchy It is important that the user understand the meaning of the terms ‘control-right’ and ‘control- hierarchy’ in connection with the functioning of general control functions in the sub-station automation system (SAS) and the sub-station control and monitoring system (SCMS). Figure 3.3-1 depicts the control-hierarchy;...
Page 211
6F2S1931 (0.20) Control level and control point 3.3.1 As shown in Figure 3.3-1, the control hierarchy is distributed across three levels; the network level having a remote-control center (RCC); the station level having operator and engineering work stations (OWS/EWS); and the bay level† having an IED equipped with an LCD screen. One of the three control-points (RCC, OWS/EWS, and LCD) is available to issue a control- command.
Page 212
6F2S1931 (0.20) ○ ○ 1 Checking the bay level 2 Distribution of the control-right RemoteLocalKey_43BCU From LOCMT DIN_UNIT UNIT_TO_BOOL LEDR_CTRL_RIGHT LRSW01_LR_ST DOUT_BOOL DTYPE (530001 3109001001) DTYPE To LEDR 528001 820701ED50 LEDR01_CTRL_RIGHT Select condition logic GCNT00_CTRL_RIGHT Operate DOUT_BOOL condition logic DTYPE To GCNT01-32 540001 800E00ED5A GCNT00IN_TMP_51...
Page 213
6F2S1931 (0.20) Common controls (CMNCTRL) Double command blocking (DCB) 3.4.1 For control functions, the operating principle is that priority is given to the first command received and shall be executed first. In other words, successive commands received do not have the right to run until the first command received has failed to complete its operation (that is, the principle of double command blocking (DCB) is established).
Page 214
SCS_ORIDENT 5A0001 3008001FB4 SCS_CTLNUM †Note: The user should recognize that the reason messages are only available for operation with the GCS1000 control system manufactured by Toshiba. Miscellaneous settings 3.4.3 The CMNCTRL1 function has the following five common settings: 1. Control direction:...
Page 215
6F2S1931 (0.20) DPOS and TPOS functions. If required these functions can be in the same control direction, set On for the scheme switch [SDCEN]. 2. Return value: When the number of the counter reaches its maximum value (in case of the default setting, 999,999), it can return and begin incrementing from either 0 or 1.
Page 216
6F2S1931 (0.20) Local, remote and PLC control The user can select either local or remote control by pressing the L │ R key on the front panel of the IED. Selection is executed within the LOCRMT function. Control logic is provided by default, but the user can customize each application using the PLC function and PLC connection points.
Page 217
6F2S1931 (0.20) Local control 3.5.1 Local control refers to control operation from the front panel of the IED. Either the DIR or the SBO modes are available depending on the configuration selected by the user. Remote control 3.5.2 Remote control refers to control operation from a remote control center or the SAS server. Either the DIR or the SBO modes are available depending on the configuration selected by the user.
Page 218
6F2S1931 (0.20) and Table 3.5-4: “O” means the signal is optional. “M” means the user should map/set/configure the signal; otherwise, the user may experience an operational failure if the default settings are used. “N/A” means that the user cannot change the state of the signal. Table 3.5-3 PLC connection point (Input point for LOCRMT) Signal Number Signal Name...
Page 219
6F2S1931 (0.20) LED reset function (LEDR) A number of LEDs are lined on the IED front panel. For example, “TRIP” LED is lit when a tripping command is issued for the CB. “TRIP” LED is being illuminated until the user can confirm the tripped CB;...
Page 220
6F2S1931 (0.20) Select logic for resetting LEDs 3.6.1 The user should set scheme switch [LEDDR1] to On prior to the LEDR operation. Figure 3.6-1 shows selection logic in the LEDR function. Wait for a command Wait for a next command Select logic Cancel logic Cancel command...
Page 221
6F2S1931 (0.20) command (reset)” is true. If the LEDR function determines that the “LEDR01_NSD_CSF” is not true, the LEDR function returns to the “Wait for a next command” stage. Select condition (iii) Figure 3.6-3 shows the select condition logic in the LEDR function. LEDR function (Function ID: 528001) Logic '0' signal (Always Low (FALSE)) To selection logic...
Page 222
6F2S1931 (0.20) Cancel logic in SBO mode 3.6.2 In the SBO mode the reception of a cancel command is possible when the cancel conditions are satisfied. Accordingly, the function can discard the select command; finally, the operation returns to the initial stage (i.e., “Wait for a command”.) Receiving “Cancel”...
Page 223
6F2S1931 (0.20) Operate logic for SBO/DIR mode 3.6.3 Once the operation of the select logic is completed, the operate logic is applied to reset LEDs. Resetting LEDs is executed when the operate conditions are satisfied. Wait for a command Wait for a next command Select logic LED resetting by the remote-end Success...
Page 224
6F2S1931 (0.20) †Note: Although the “LED_RST_COM” signal is connected previously with several LEDs, by the manufacturer, user can also connect the signal with the LEDs. See section 3.6.4 for how to connect. Operate condition (iii) Figure 3.6-8 shows the operate condition logic of the LEDR function, which is used to determine a reset-condition for the operation.
Page 225
6F2S1931 (0.20) Settings using GR-TIEMS Figure 3.6-9 shows how to connect the reset signal LED_RST_CMD for the LED-03 logic. The user can assign a reset signal for the respective LED logics by the drag and drop operation. The user should also select Latch for the behavior from the pull-down menu. Set [Behavior] to Latch Choose the signal LED_RST_CMD for the...
Page 226
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mapping for IEC61850 communication 3.6.5 The user can operate the LEDR function over IEC 61850 communication following mapping using GR-TIEMS. Note that the LEDR function is designed for “LEDRs” in the IEC 61850 standard for communication. The user should follow these steps, each of which is discussed below: Step1: Editing Logical Node...
Page 227
6F2S1931 (0.20) SBOw Oper Cancel Origin stSeld sboClass† (choice ”operate-once”) ctlmodel (choice ”SBOes or SBOns”) †”sboClass” can be found by scrolling down. Figure 3.6-11 LN editing for SBO mode (for example) Defining DIR mode Figure 3.6-12 exemplifies the LEDR logic node saved as LLN0.
Page 228
6F2S1931 (0.20) are required to be mapped for IEC 61850 communication Table 3.6-5 Mapping signals for SPC object Object_reference Attribute Type Signal Number Signal Name Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$origin orCat orCategory 5280013107011008 LEDR01_ORCAT Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$origin orIdent Octet64 5280016A07011009 LEDR01_ORIDENT Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs stVal BOOLEAN 5280013107011EA1 LED_RST_CMD Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs Quality 3010013110041005...
Page 229
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 3.6-6 Mapping signals required for LEDRs object for LLN0 Object_reference Attribute Type Signal Number Signal Name Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper ctlVal BOOLEAN Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper ctlNum INT8U Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper Timestamp Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper Test BOOLEAN Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper Check Check 5280017007016D08 LEDR01_CONTROL_REQ Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper$origin orCat orCategory Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs$Oper$origin orIdent Octet64 Ctrl/LLN0$LEDRs ctlModel...
Page 230
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 3.6.6 TLEDRSTCTRL (Function ID: 528001) Default setting Setting item Range Units Contents Notes value LEDDR1-EN Off / On LEDR01 Reset Control Enable Signal (DataID) 3.6.7 Signal monitoring points TLEDRSTCTRL (Function ID: 528001) Element ID Name Description 8007011D53 LEDR01_SC Select command...
Page 231
6F2S1931 (0.20) Counter function for the general (GCNT) When a signal is generated externally and the signal is received by generic counter function (GCNT), the GCNT function can count their signal transitions. Figure 3.7-1 shows signals are generated repeatedly. For example, if the number of generated signals should be reported, the GCNT function counts the number of the signal transitions;...
Page 232
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal acquisition timing must be adjusted in accordance with the application, in that the acquisition should be regulated for the nature of the signal; hence, several settings are provided in the GCNT functions. Thirty-two independent GCNT counters† are available. That is, counters GCNT01 to GCNT32†...
Page 233
6F2S1931 (0.20) CNTMAX] and set a user-preferred value. Note that the user can set the maximum number from 9 to 2147483647. Setting the initial-value (iii) The counter returns to an initial-value when the counter reaches the maximum value; generally, the initial-value is set to either zero or one (0 or 1); hence, the number is re-counted from either “0 (or 1)”...
Page 234
6F2S1931 (0.20) Select logics for SBO/DIR modes 3.7.2 The user should set scheme switch [GCNT01-EN] to On prior to counting. Receiving “Select command Reset” from the remote-end Figure 3.7-5 outlines the reception of the Select command ‘Reset’ from the remote-end. Wait for a command Select stage Wait for a next command...
Page 235
6F2S1931 (0.20) Input Select logic in GCNT01 Output GCNT01 function (Function ID: 54001) Command “Remote-Reset-Control” For SBO operation 540001 700E016D09 GCNT01_CMM_REQ Select command 1≥ & & To “Wait for a next command” For DIR operation To BO connection Operate command &...
Page 236
6F2S1931 (0.20) Select condition (ii) Figure 3.7-8 shows the select condition logic in the GCNT01 function. The GCNT01 function checks the condition for the select command using a couple of signals. When resetting the counter is performed from the “Statics sub-menu” in the HMI operation†, the user should set On for scheme switch [GCNT01-HMI].
Page 237
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal name and number (iii) Note: The user should note the following descriptions shown in the column “M/O” for each table: “O” indicates that the signal is provided for optional use. “M” indicates that the user should map/set/configure the signal; otherwise, the user may experience an operational failure if the default settings are used.
Page 238
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting names (iv) Table 3.7-7 Settings of select logics for GCNT01 to GCNT32 Setting Name Description Default Setting item or value GCNTxx-EN Activation of the GCNTxx function Off / On GCNTxx- Counter is used for the HMI operation in the GCNTxx function Off / On Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034)
Page 239
6F2S1931 (0.20) Cancel logic for SBO mode 3.7.3 In the SBO control mode the reception of a cancel command is possible when the cancel conditions are satisfied; accordingly, the function can discard the select command; finally, the operation returns to the initial stage (i.e., “Wait for a command”.) Receiving “Cancel”...
Page 240
6F2S1931 (0.20) a command is not identical to the “IED test status”. Signal name and number (ii) Table 3.7-8 PLC monitoring points (Output signal for ‘cancel’ logic) Signal Number Signal Name Description 540001 840E011E95 GCNT01_CC_SSCN GCNT01 cancel success signal 540001 840E021E95 GCNT02_CC_SSCN GCNT02 cancel success signal 540001 840E031E95...
Page 241
6F2S1931 (0.20) Operate logic for SBO/DIR modes 3.7.4 After the operation of the select logic, the operate logic starts to clear the counters. Receiving “Operate command Reset” from the remote-end Figure 3.7-10 depicts the reception of the operate command ‘Reset’ from the remote-end. Wait for a command Select stage Wait for a next command...
Page 242
6F2S1931 (0.20) Wait for a command Select stage Wait for a next command Operate command Reset from the remote-end Select command Success Operation Reset from the Operate logic Signal output Signal reception decision remote-end in the IEC61850 Do nothing Failed Operate command Reset from the local-end Success Operation...
Page 243
6F2S1931 (0.20) Select condition (iii) Similar to the select condition (see sec.3.7.2(ii)), the GCNT01 function has an operate-condition logic. Figure 3.7-14 shows the operate-condition logic. GCNT01 function (Function ID: 540001) To operate logic Logic '0' signal (Always Low (FALSE)) Operate condition 1≥...
Page 244
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal names and number (iv) Table 3.7-9 PLC monitoring points (Output signal for BIO) Signal Number Signal Name Description 540001 820E011E84 GCNT01_EC_OK_CSCN GCNT01 execute command OK condition signal 540001 820E021E84 GCNT02_EC_OK_CSCN GCNT02 execute command OK condition signal 540001 820E031E84 GCNT03_EC_OK_CSCN GCNT03 execute command OK condition signal ….
Page 245
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mapping for IEC61850 communication 3.7.5 The user can operate the GCNT function over IEC 61850 communication following mapping using GR-TIEMS. Note that the GCNT function is designed for the class of “Integer Status Controller (ISC)” in the IEC 61850 standard for communication. The user should follow these steps, each of which is discussed below: Step1: Editing Logical Node...
Page 246
6F2S1931 (0.20) Defining SBO mode Figure 3.7-16 exemplifies the GCNT01 logic node saved as “GIGO3302”; in the SBO mode, the user should select the following items for the “GIGO3302$ISCSO” using GR-TIEMS: SBOw Oper Cancel Origin stSeld ...
Page 247
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mapping output data (ii) The user should group the GCNT01 signals with regard to GOOSE and REPORT; the user should map them for IEC61850 communication using GR-TIEMS (Figure 3.7-18 illustrates how to map a signal); it indicates that the signals for the GCNT01 function are required to map the IEC 61850 communications.
Page 248
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 3.7-11 Mapping signals required for ISCSO object for GIGO3302 Object_reference Attribute Type Signal Number Signal Name Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper ctlVal INT32 Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper ctlNum INT8U Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper Timestamp Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper Test BOOLEAN Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper Check Check 540001 700E016D09 GCNT01_CMM_REQ Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper$origin orCat orCategory Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO$Oper$origin orIdent Octet64 Ctrl/GGIO3302$ISCSO...
Page 249
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 3.7.6 GCNT (Function ID: 540001) Default setting Setting device Range Units Contents Notes value G_CNT CNT1 GCNT01-EN Off / On Counter1 Enable GCNT01-CNTS NA / On / Off / OnOff count status Counter1 Sending Dead GCNT01-SDB 0 to 999 none Band Return value at counter roll...
Page 250
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (DataID) 3.7.7 Connection points in PLC logics in GCNT01 GCNT (Function ID: 540001) Element ID Name Description 800E00ED5A GCNT00IN_TMP_51 GCNT00IN_TMP_51 800E01EDE0 GCNT01_PLC_SGNL GCNT01 plc signal Signal monitoring points in GCNT01 GCNT (Function ID: 540001) Element ID Name Description 000E001F41...
Page 251
6F2S1931 (0.20) of “GCNT01_CTR_SGUCN”. The user can obtain the ID value of “GCNT02_CTR_SGUCN” by using the following steps: Step 1 Find the element ID for GCNT01_CTR_SGUCN (i.e., “890E011EA2”) Step 2 Identify the number at the fifth digit from the ID. (i.e., “1”) Step 3 Choose a new device number.
Page 252
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mode control function (MDCTRL) For the user, mode control (MDCTRL) function can provide test function (TEST-FB) interface, which is a command to change the mode in the function. MDCTRL function consists of two parts: (1) On-mode or Test-mode sensing in IED and (2) interface between IED and SAS. ─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────...
Page 253
6F2S1931 (0.20) Function 3.8.1 Mode sensor The MDCTRL function can monitor the state change (On to TEST / TEST to Off) in the IED. To use this monitoring function, On should be set for the scheme switch [MDCTRL-EN] prior to operation.
Page 254
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mapping for IEC61850 communication 3.8.2 The user can operate the MDCTRL function over the IEC61850 communication after the mapping using GR-TIEMS. The user should follow steps, Step1: Editing Logical Node Step2: Mapping output data Step3: Mapping input data Editing Logical Node The user should make a logical node (LN) for the MDCTRL function.
Page 255
6F2S1931 (0.20) SBOw Oper Cancel Origin stSeld sboClass† (choice ”operate-once”) ctlmodel (choice ”SBOes or SBOns” ) †”sboClass” can be found by scrolling down. Figure 3.8-2 LN editing screen for SBO mode (for example) Defining DIR mode Figure 3.8-3 exemplifies the settings in LN “LLNO” when the DIR mode is required for the MDCTRL01 function.
Page 256
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 3.8-4 Mapping signals for MOD object. Object_reference Attribute Type Signal Number Signal Name System/LLN0$Mod$origin orCat orCategory 5500013013011000 MDCTRL01_ORCAT System/LLN0$Mod$origin orIdent Octet64 5500016A13011009 MDCTRL01_ORIDENT System/LLN0$Mod stSeld BOOLEAN 5500010013011D90 MDCTRL01_SLD_RPT Drag and drop Figure 3.8-4 orCat attribute mapped into MOD object of LLNO Mapping input data (iii) The MDCTRL01 function can receive three commands “select, operate, and cancel.
Page 257
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 3.8-5 Mapping signals required for LLNO object in MDCTRL01 function Object_reference Attribute Type Signal Number Signal Name System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw ctlVal System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw ctlNum INT8U System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw Timestamp System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw Test BOOLEAN System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw Check Check System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw$origin orCat orCategory System/LLN0$Mod$SBOw$origin orIdent Octet64 System/LLN0$Mod$Oper ctlVal System/LLN0$Mod$Oper ctlNum...
Page 259
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (DataID) 3.8.4 Signal monitoring point MDCTRL(Function ID: 550001) Element ID Name Description 8013011D55 MDCTRL01_EC_OWS MDCTRL01 execute command by OWS(HMI) 8013011D56 MDCTRL01_EC_RCC MDCTRL01 execute command by RCC 8013011D57 MDCTRL01_EC_RMT MDCTRL01 execute command by Remote 8013011D51 MDCTRL01_SC_OWS MDCTRL01 select command by OWS(HMI) 8013011D52 MDCTRL01_SC_RCC MDCTRL01 select command by RCC...
Page 260
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point MDCTRL(Function ID: 550001) Element ID Name Description 8713011E98 MODE01_SLF_FCT_EIS MDCTRL01 select fail factor signal 8613011F62 MODE01_SLF_FCT_FLG03 MDCTRL01 select fail factor signal by fixedlogic 03 8713011F63 MODE01_SLF_FCT_FLG04 MDCTRL01 select fail factor signal by fixedlogic 04 8813011F6B MODE01_SLF_FCT_FLG07 MDCTRL01 select fail factor signal by fixedlogic 07...
Page 261
6F2S1931 (0.20) Technical description Contents Pages Pages Case structure and slot layout Date and time MainUnit -Time synchronization -The stand-alone type -DST(Summer time) -The dual ports with LAN for Local PC -Time zone -The Max. dual ports Function keys with LEDs SubUnit Group setting for relays Clock...
Page 262
6F2S1931 (0.20) The MainUnit units consist of a case, modules, and a human machine interface (HMI), whilst the SubUnits consist of the case and modules. The structure, which is discussed earlier in Chapter Introduction , depends on the hardware models specified by the customer ordering. Therefore, the user should check and confirm the actual modules with the ordering number in advance.
Page 263
6F2S1931 (0.20) Case and module slots in MainUnit and SubUnits The case structures for MainUnit and SubUnit are shown in (a) Internal structure (front view), (b) Terminal block arrangement (rear view), and (c) schematic diagram. If the IED—except the stand-alone type—is ordered, the arrangement of the communication ports is different between the ‘Max.
Page 264
6F2S1931 (0.20) a. View from front side b. View from rear side ●FG ●FGE ●FGD ●FGC ●FGB ●FGA ●FG1 ●FG2 ●E c. Schematic diagram Figure 4.1-1 MainUnit case layout for the Stand-alone type Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 250 -...
Page 265
6F2S1931 (0.20) a. View from front side b. View from rear side ●FG ●FGE ●FGD ●FGC ●FGB ●FGA ●FG1 ●FG2 ●E c. Schematic diagram Figure 4.1-2 MainUnit case layout for the Max. Dual Ports Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 251 -...
Page 266
6F2S1931 (0.20) a. View from front side b. View from rear side ●FG ●FGE ●FGD ●FGC ●FGB ●FGA ●FG1 ●FG2 ●E c. Schematic diagram Figure 4.1-3 MainUnit case layout for the Dual Ports with LAN for Local PC Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 252 -...
Page 267
6F2S1931 (0.20) a. View from front side b. View from rear side ●FG ●FGE ●FGD ●FGC ●FGB ●FGA ●FG1 ●FG2 ●E c. Schematic diagram Figure 4.1-4 SubUnit case layout Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 253 -...
Page 268
6F2S1931 (0.20) Transformer module for AC analog input (VCT) The transformer module (VCT) of the IED is used to acquire the power system quantities. A safety feature is available such that all of the VCT current inputs are shorted when a VCT module is removed from the IED case;...
Page 269
6F2S1931 (0.20) VCT23B 4.2.1 VCT23B is designed for the acquisition of four three-phases currents, as shown in Figure 4.2-3. The VCT23B is designed for the MainUnit and the SubUnit. The user should handle the three- phase currents depending on the MainUnit and SubUnits, which we shall see in Table 4.2-1. VCT23B Three-phase currents I b CH*...
Page 270
6F2S1931 (0.20) VCT48B 4.2.2 VCT48B is designed for the acquisition of three-phases currents with voltages, as shown in Figure 4.2-3. The VCT48B is just used in the MainUnit, as shown in Table 4.2-1. VCT48B Three-phase voltages V b Z* Three-phase voltages V b Z** Three-phase currents I b CH*...
Page 271
6F2S1931 (0.20) VCT21B 4.2.3 VCT21B is designed for the acquisition of four three-phases voltages, as shown in Figure 4.2-5. Table 4.2-1 illustrates that the VCT21B is used in the MainUnit only. VCT21B Three-phase voltages V b Z* Three-phase voltages V b Z** Three-phase voltages V b Z*** Three-phase voltages...
Page 272
6F2S1931 (0.20) Constitution of VCT 4.2.4 Figure 4.2-6 shows a VCT terminal block together with its schematic diagram ; the same terminal screw numbers are shown on both the left and the right figures. The user should note that the last screw No and FG terminal are connected with a short-wire by default.
Page 273
6F2S1931 (0.20) VCT Alpha- Module type numeric reference Short-bar Frame ground terminal on the case Short-bar Schematic diagram VC1 terminal Figure 4.2-6 VC1 terminals (Rear view) Note: Short-wire between screw 30 and FG is connected by the manufacturer. Note: The figure is just drawn for general instruction about VCT structure. VCT alpha- numeric reference will depend on the ordering model.
Page 274
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of VCT 4.2.5 Input sources are transformed with various VTs and CTs so that the ratio shall be set in each zone with settings in each CH. VT ratio When the VT is applied, a ratio of the primary voltage to the secondary voltage has to be set. The VCT will have three-phase voltage of each zone;...
Page 275
6F2S1931 (0.20) Remove the receptacle from the header for changing to 1A. When changing to 5A, insert the receptacle into the header. The locations of the Jumpers are designated with the marks “W1” to “W14”, which are printed on the circuit board of the VCT. These “W*” marks, which are shown in Table 4.2-1, correspond to the Z* and CH* numbers.
Page 276
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting list (iii) Setting of FEP_CBP(Function ID: 200261) Unit Note Default setting value Setting item Range Contents 1A rating 5A rating VT_ZA VT_ZA_Ratio 1.000 – 20000.000 – VT ratio in Zone A 2000.000 VT_ZB VT_ZB_Ratio 1.000 – 20000.000 –...
Page 277
6F2S1931 (0.20) VCT combinations 4.2.6 In the preceding section we have discussed about three types of the VCT modules. The selection of the VCT types in the MainUnit and the SubUnit are controlled with three structures, which we can categorized by means of the number of CTs and VTs No VT configuration (voltage-transformer not existing for fail-safe) When the fail-safe function halts for the protection, a voltage-transformer (VT) is not required to acquire voltage quantities.
Page 278
6F2S1931 (0.20) Busbar 1 V a,b,c Busbar 2 V a,b,c I a,b,c I a,b,c I a,b,c I a,b,c I a,b,c Figure 4.2-9 Busbar protection VT configuration for four-zones protection (iii) Figure 4.2-10 shows the 20CH arrangement using the VCT21B and the VCT23B, which can operate for four zones protection.
Page 279
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.2-1 CTs in each CH when VTs existing in Zones VTs exist in 2 zones VTs exist in 4 zones VTs exist in 6 zones Terminal Unit CH / CH / CH / Jump Screw No. Zone Type Zone Type Jumper Zone Type Signal...
Page 280
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.2-2 CT configurations when no VT existing VT does not exist. Terminal Unit Screw No. Signal CH / Zone Type Jumper – Current 9 10 11 12 Current 13 14 15 16 17 18 Current 19 20 21 22 23 24 Current...
Page 281
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal processing and communication modules (CPU) Signal-processing and communication module (CPU), for the ‘Max dual ports’ of MainUnit, is made up of a main circuit board for processing (CP1M) and ‘piggyback’ circuit boards for communication modules (COM). These circuit boards are used for LAN, time synchronization and others.
Page 282
6F2S1931 (0.20) MainUnit CP1M Microprocessor CPU for the Stand-alone Figure 4.3-3 CPU structure of the Stand-alone type Upstream communication 4.3.1 Figure 4.3-4 illustrates the communication for upstream achieved with COMs on the CPU. With regarding the ‘Max. dual ports’ of MainUnit, the user can have three COMs for Upstream network.
Page 283
6F2S1931 (0.20) MainUnit-SubUnit communication 4.3.2 The MainUnit-SubUnit communication is achieved with OPT2. With regarding the ‘Max. dual ports’ of MainUnit, the OPT2 of MainUnit at C13 is connected with the OPT2 of SubUnit#1. The other at C14 can be connected with the OPT2 of SubUnit#2. Type for the Max.
Page 284
6F2S1931 (0.20) Type of COM modules 4.3.3 The tables below show piggyback-circuit-modules provided for the communication. They are mounted on CPU module directly. The actual mountings depend on the user ordering; thus, Appendixes Ordering the user should locate the actual implementations by the ordering using Typical external connection Table 4.3-2 Communication modules in MainUnit Module...
Page 285
6F2S1931 (0.20) 100Base-FX module (SC plug) A fiber optic cable is required for the connection. 100Base-FX module is used for the LAN communication. Dual slots space (i.e., labeled with “C11” and “C12”) is occupied when a single (Port A) module is mounted (see Figure 4.3-7; i.e., space “C12” is not blank). Therefore, the total number for communication ports needs to be cared.
Page 286
6F2S1931 (0.20) Sheath A cable for PCB connector an IED COM-A(+) Sheath COM-B(−) A cable for another Bottom COMM(GND) a. View from connector edge Frame ground (FG) b. Port circuit Figure 4.3-9 RS485 connection and module Fiber optic module Fiber optic module is used for the serial communication in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard. Figure 4.3-10 Fiber optic module IRIG-B000 module IRIG-B000 module is used to receive the digital signal generated with an external clock;...
Page 287
6F2S1931 (0.20) number of deliveries and the performance of the external clocks. For setting of time Technical Description: Clock function synchronization, see Chapter PCB connector (Disuse) (Disuse) Bottom a. View from connector edge b. Port circuit Figure 4.3-11 IRIG-B000 module Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 273 -...
Page 288
6F2S1931 (0.20) OPT2 modules (OPT2) 4.3.4 Max. Dual Ports Dual Ports with It operates for the Main-SubUnit communication. The ‘ ’ and ‘ LAN for Local PC ’ of MainUnit has two OPT2s. The SubUnit has an OPT2, and the user has to set the ID number of a SubUnit.
Page 289
6F2S1931 (0.20) Binary IO module (BIO) Binary IO modules are provided to output/input a command for external gears. The user needs to connect with the external ones using via IED rear terminals. Table 4.4-1 shows the number of input and output circuits. Table 4.4-1 Number of input and output circuits Number of Number of output circuits...
Page 290
6F2S1931 (0.20) Binary input (BI) feature in BI1A and BIO5A 4.4.1 Binary input circuits have common programmable logic (CPL). Several circuits are independent, but the others are not independent, as shown in Table 4.4-2. Table 4.4-2 Input circuits and features in BIO5 module Example Type Input features...
Page 291
6F2S1931 (0.20) settings. Table 4.4-3 shows the respective settings and ranges in BI1A and BIO5A. Table 4.4-3 Setting items for binary input circuits Setting item Range Contents Default Low/High – THRES_Lvl Threshold level for input voltage Common 4 to 9 –...
Page 292
6F2S1931 (0.20) As an example, Figure 4.4-1 shows the binary input circuit in order to help understand the settings. BIO5A consists of 9 binary input circuits and each circuit has three settings: Setting threshold level Comparison feature for contact chatter CPL switches (“Delayed pick-up and delayed drop-off signal”...
Page 293
6F2S1931 (0.20) Respective element IDs (i.e., 8001001172 and others) designate respective signal monitoring points of the binary input circuits (i.e., BI1-CPL and others). Thus, the user can handle the signals on the binary input circuit using element ID together with function ID. When we assume that the module is at IO#1 slot, and if the user wishes to see the first circuit signal of this module, the user can identify its signal†...
Page 294
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.4-4 Threshold voltage of picking-up / dropping-off for binary inputs (a) In the case of DC rated voltage “110-250 Vdc” Threshold voltage of picking-up / dropping-off for binary inputs Voltage level How to set Note Selection switch High Typical 136V —...
Page 295
6F2S1931 (0.20) Comparison feature for contact chatter (ii) The input circuit incorporates a comparison feature that protects against contact chatter and this feature is configured using the setting [CMP_NUM]. Figure 4.4-2 illustrates this feature; the comparison feature removes contact chatter. The period ‘t’ applied for the removal of contact chatter can be configured by setting a value for [CMP_NUM].
Page 296
6F2S1931 (0.20) How to set the settings for binary input circuits (vi) Figure 4.4-3 illustrates an example of the binary IO module arrangement for the binary input circuit printed circuit boards (PCBs); it illustrates the setting targets are on BIO5A at IO#1 and BIO5A at IO#3.
Page 297
6F2S1931 (0.20) Binary output (BO) feature in BO1A and BIO5A 4.4.3 A binary output circuit (BO) along with the CPL drives a single contact. There are three types of BOs; different types of BOs are provided which are suitable for controlling the speed and capacity of current in a variety of external devices, as listed below: (1) Semi-fast operating in both BO1A and BIO5A (2) Auxiliary in both BO1A and BIO5A...
Page 298
6F2S1931 (0.20) Binary output (BO) circuit 4.4.4 Either a CPL logic or a PLC signal can drive a binary output circuit. Table 4.4-7 shows the settings summary of CPL function. Table 4.4-7 Setting items for binary output circuits Setting-range or Setting items Contents Default...
Page 299
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 4.4-4 shows the binary output circuits on BIO5A in order to help understand the settings. BIO5A consists of 9 binary output circuits and every circuit has timers and switches. The features of the CPLs are divided into the five components as listed below: CPL switch Selection of input signals Logic gate switch...
Page 300
6F2S1931 (0.20) signal monitoring points of the binary output circuits. The user can monitor the operations of the binary output circuit using element ID together with function ID. When we assume that BIO5A module is at IO#2 slot in the IED case, and if the user wishes to monitor the first-circuit in the BIO5A module, the user can see the operation using the element ID (8002001112) and the function ID†...
Page 301
6F2S1931 (0.20) can invert an input output when the user sets Inverse for the scheme switch [INVERSE-SW]. Normal setting is also provided when logic inversion is not required for processing. Logic timer switch (vi) In order that the binary output circuit can have a programmable reset characteristic, a scheme switch and a setting are provided.
Page 302
6F2S1931 (0.20) How to set the settings for binary output circuits (vii) BIO5A BIO5A IO_SLOT2 IO_SLOT3 Setting table (output) Setting table (in & out) Setting targets: BO1–BO9 Setting targets: BO1–BO9 b. Setting targets for BIO5A (IO#2) c. Setting targets for BIO5A (IO#3) Figure 4.4-5 BIO modules and setting tables related to IO_SLOT2 and IO_SLOT3 Figure 4.4-5 illustrates an example of a binary IO module arrangement and the binary output circuit printed circuit boards (PCBs).
Page 303
6F2S1931 (0.20) are shown in section 4.4.8(ii). PLC and the binary output circuits (viii) The Programmable logic controller (PLC) is also available for the control of binary output circuits as a substitute for the CPL, and is able to signal an output command directly. In the case that the binary output circuit is controlled by the PLC, the user is required to connect the PLC to the binary output circuit.
Page 304
6F2S1931 (0.20) Alpha-numeric reference for the BI. Sign “ ” is substituted for the actual slot location number. Screw BI1A BO1A BO1(SF) (−) BO2(SF) (−) BO3(SF) (−) BO4(SF) (−) BO5(SF) (−) BO6(SF) (−) (−) (−) (−) The same terminal screw is denoted with the same number.
Page 305
6F2S1931 (0.20) Alpha-numeric of BIO. Sign “ ” is substituted for the actual slot location number. BIO5A (−) (−) (−) (−) (−) The same terminal screw is denoted with the same number. BO3(SF) BO4(SF) BO5(SF) BO6(SF) BO7(SF) BO8(SF) Schematic figures Terminal blocks Figure 4.4-7 Input and output arrangements in BIO5A Note: PHOENIX CONTACT ®...
Page 306
6F2S1931 (0.20) Settings of binary input circuits 4.4.6 Setting table (IO_SLOT1) at MainUnit (IO#1) (Function ID: 200B01) Unit Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value Common THRES_Lvl Low / High Determination of input threshold CMP_NUM 4 - 9 Number of times filtered BI1_CPL Off / On Programmable binary input enable...
Page 307
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signals of binary input circuits 4.4.7 Table (IO_SLOT1) at MainUnit (IO#1) (Function ID: 200B01) Before the filer Signal monitoring points (before the filter) Element ID Name Description 8001001111 BI1-NC BI1 signal without filter 8101011111 BI2-NC BI2 signal without filter 8201021111 BI3-NC BI3 signal without filter...
Page 308
6F2S1931 (0.20) After the filter Table is the same as the table in previous section (i)-2. The ends of binary input circuits Table is the same as the table in previous section (i)-3. Tables (IO_SLOT1 to SLOT8) at SubUnit#1 (IO#1 to IO#8) (iii) (Function ID: 200B21 to 200B28) Before the filter...
Page 309
6F2S1931 (0.20) Settings of binary output circuits 4.4.8 Setting table (IO_SLOT1) at MainUnit (IO#1) (Function ID 200B01) Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value BO1_CPL Off / On Programmable binary output enable Input signal1 (Data-ID from other FBs) First Data ID as input signal #1 for Logic gate Not assigned Input signal2 ditto...
Page 310
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting tables (IO_SLOT2 to SLOT8) at MainUnit (IO#2 to IO#8) (ii) (Function ID 200B02 to 200B08) Setting table is the same as the table for the IO#1 (in section (i)) Setting tables (IO_SLOT1 to SLOT8) at SubUnit#1 (IO#1 to IO#8) (iii) (Function ID 200B21 to 200B28) Setting table is the same as the table for the IO#1 (in section (i))
Page 311
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signals of binary output circuits 4.4.9 Table (IO_SLOT1) at MainUnit (IO#1) (Function ID: 200B01) Before the contact-driver Signal monitoring points (before the contact-driver) Element ID Name Description 8002001112 BO1 signal 8102011112 BO2 signal 8202021112 BO3 signal 8302031112 BO4 signal 8402041112 BO5 signal...
Page 312
6F2S1931 (0.20) After the contact-driver Table is the same as the table in previous section (i)-2. Connection points for the PLC Table is the same as the table in previous section (i)-3. Tables (IO_SLOT1 to SLOT8) at SubUnit#1 (IO#1 to IO#8) (iii) (Function ID: 200B21 to 200B28) Before the contact-driver...
Page 313
6F2S1931 (0.20) Power supply module (PWS) PWS structure 4.5.1 The power supply module (PWS) consists of a DC/DC converter and line noise filters. There are two types for the PWS module about the DC rated voltage. The first type is for “110- 250 Vdc”...
Page 314
6F2S1931 (0.20) Alpha-numeric reference of PWS. Sign “*” is substituted for actual slot location number. FAIL1 FAIL2 Positive(+) Negative(−) Short-wire Short-wire Frame earth Screw Schematic diagram Figure 4.5-1 Schematic diagram and relationship of PWS terminal block CAUTION Note: For installation, the user should connect the case earth screw labeled “E” to the protective earth of the panel or others using earthing wire, such that its cross- section is AWG9 or larger.
Page 315
6F2S1931 (0.20) Input and output items of PWS 4.5.2 Table 4.5-2—Table 4.5-4 show the input and output items of PWS. < Input items> Table 4.5-2 Input items of PWS Terminal Items Remarks screw No. Positive (+) 29 or 30 DC voltage Used to operate the IED Negative (-) 31 or 32...
Page 316
6F2S1931 (0.20) DC voltage monitoring 4.5.3 Threshold voltage for detection/non-detection of power error DC voltage is monitored in the PWS and a power supply failure can be outputted for the Chapter Automatic supervision function. The user should set the failure level of the PWS. See Automatic supervision function for more information.
Page 317
6F2S1931 (0.20) Recommended setting for the voltage level (ii) As the threshold voltage is expressed with Table 4.5-5, the user should set High or Low to match to the voltage value to input to PWS. Table 4.5-6 shows the recommended setting. After that, the user should set the threshold voltage about the picking-up/dropping-off of the Technical description: Binary IO module (BI, BO and BIO) binary input (see Chapter:...
Page 318
6F2S1931 (0.20) Human Machine Interface (HMI) Outlook 4.6.1 Figure 4.6-1 shows the outlook of human machine interface module (HMI) on the front panel. The HMI has a screen (standard LCD or large LCD), LED indicators (#1– #26), operation keys, function keys (F1–F7), monitoring jacks (Term A/B/C) and a USB receptacle. The LCD can display information;...
Page 319
6F2S1931 (0.20) LED Indicators 4.6.2 The LED indicators #1 and #2 are used to indicate the IED statuses. The others (#3 to #26) are provided to indicate statuses, which the user wishes to check; the settings or by the PLC function can control to indicate the statuses.
Page 320
6F2S1931 (0.20) LED-03 3100031001 [On Delay Timer] [Off Delay Timer] LED indicator #3 & ≥ [Input signal 1] DRIVER & [Logic Timer] ≥1 & [Input signal 2] 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & [Input signal 3] & ≥1 [INVERSE-SW] 0.000-300.000 Normal Inverse & Delay [Input signal 8] Dwell...
Page 321
6F2S1931 (0.20) Logic timer switch The LED indicator #3 can have programmable reset characteristics using scheme switch [TIMER-SW]. Four types are available: (1) dwell type, (2) delay type, (3) latch type, and (4) instantaneous type: Instant type When required not to have the below characteristics (v)-2, (v)-3, and (v)-4, the user should set Off for the scheme switch [TIMER-SW].
Page 322
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.6-1 Settings of LED indictors #3 to #26 (Function ID: 201B01)) Unit Default setting Setting items Range Contents value LED#3 Color RED / GREEN / YELLOW LED#3 color selection Input signal1 (Preferred Data ID) Set a Data ID at the first input on LED3 (No Assigned) Input signal2 (Preferred Data ID)
Page 323
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.6-2 Signal monitoring points on all the LED indicators (Function ID: 201B01) Element ID Name Description 3100011001 IN SERV In service LED 3100021001 ERROR Error LED 3100031001 LED-03 Output signal of the LED indicator #3 3100041001 LED-04 Output signal of the LED indicator #4 3100051001 LED-05...
Page 324
6F2S1931 (0.20) Function keys with LEDs 4.6.3 The function keys (F1 to F7) are provided to jump to other menus during the LCD operation; the jump destinations are already set as factory default (see Table 4.6-3). However, the user can program the F1 to F7 keys to jump to user-preferred menus using settings. Incidentally, the user can program the function key so that a binary signal is generated when the user presses the function key.
Page 325
6F2S1931 (0.20) Function key logic for F1 Terminal and BO1 circuit at IO_SLOT1 (Function ID: 200B01) (Function ID: 240001) wire “ ” Signal designated by Setting Data ID “F1 200B01_8002001112) ≥1 setting [Input signal 1] Signal to the SIGNAL” for the device “FUNC-KEY1”...
Page 326
6F2S1931 (0.20) 31001B1001 [On Delay Timer] [Off Delay Timer] F1 LED logic & ≥ LED-F1 [Input signal 1] DRIVER & [Logic Timer] ≥1 & [Input signal 2] 0.000-300.000s 0.000-300.000s & [Input signal 3] & [INVERSE-SW] ≥1 Normal 0.000-300.000 Inverse & Delay [Input signal 8] Dwell...
Page 327
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.6-6 Settings of LEDs on the Function keys (Function ID: 240001) Unit Default setting Setting items Range Contents value Input signal1 (Preferred Data ID) Set a Data ID at the first input on F1 (No Assigned) Input signal2 (Preferred Data ID) Set a Data ID at the second input on F1.
Page 328
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.6-7 Signal monitoring points for KEYINPUT (Function ID: 240001) Element ID Name Description 3100001737 F1 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F1 referring the setting [LOGIC] 3100011737 F2 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F2 referring the setting [LOGIC] 3100021737 F3 SIGNAL Signal generated when pressing F3 referring the setting [LOGIC]...
Page 329
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring jacks 4.6.4 A monitoring jack including a LED is provided so that the user can monitor a binary signal on the logic straightforwardly. For example, when the user wishes to monitor the operating state of a relay function, set the signal number (Data ID) that the user wishes to monitor; then the user can see lighting the LED when the relay is operated.
Page 330
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 4.6-10 Settings of Monitoring jacks (Function ID: 201301) Unit Default setting Setting items Range Contents value Term A (Preferred Data ID) Select a signal for Term A (No Assigned) Term B (Preferred Data ID) Select a signal for Term B (No Assigned) Term C (Preferred Data ID)
Page 331
6F2S1931 (0.20) Operation keys 4.6.5 L/R key The IED has two LEDs on the L/R key; either LEDs is lit in response to a local mode or a remote mode. Lighting the LED is instructed by the LOCRMT function. Table 4.6-12 shows the signal monitoring points on the L/R LEDs.
Page 332
6F2S1931 (0.20) Clock function Clock function (or time function) provides the time information for recording upon occurrence of the fault; it includes a synchronization function when the reference clock is available out of the IED. The clock is operated referring the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC‡) when the UTC is selected;...
Page 333
6F2S1931 (0.20) Time Synchronization 4.7.3 The synchronization function can run when a synchronized signal is provided for respective IEDs; the user should select one of the following synchronization methods using the setting [Time_Sync_Src]: SNTP method IRIG-B method Binary Input (BI) method ...
Page 334
6F2S1931 (0.20) Synchronization using IRIG-B (ii) Example of IRIG-B synchronization The IRIG-B method is possible when a synchronization signal in the IRIG-B format is provided. The synchronization signal is transferred using the IRIG-B000 module†. IRIG-B000† Clock 10:00 Signal [Time] 2012-11-21 10:00:05 IRIG-B signal [Format] generator Unit...
Page 335
6F2S1931 (0.20) the DST settings of the IED. We shall see the DST settings in section 4.7.5. Table 4.7-2 Settings for the IRIG-B Time synchronization Setting item Range Contents Setting example TimeSyncSrc SNTP / BI / MODBUS / IRIG-B / IEC103 Selection of sync method IRIG-B IRIG-SYNC...
Page 336
6F2S1931 (0.20) be selected in accordance with wiring cables. For more information of the BI Technical description: Binary IO module circuit, see Chapter Setting procedure The user should make the following steps in respective IEDs. Set BI for the setting [Time Sync Src]; then set On for the setting [BI-SYNC]. Check BI is shown under the ActivSyncSrc, as shown in Figure 4.7-8.
Page 337
6F2S1931 (0.20) Synchronization using Modbus (iv) Time synchronization is possible when IEDs (Modbus slave) are connected with the substation computer (Modbus master) over the Modbus communication†. It is achieved by transferring time data over the Modbus commination. The time synchronization is carried out by the write multi registers function—Function code 0x10 (16).
Page 338
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting procedure The user should take the following steps for the Modbus time synchronization. Set MODBUS for the [Time Sync Src]; and then, set On for the [MODBUS SYNC]. Check that the MODBUS is shown under the ActivSyncSrc, as shown in Figure 4.7-11. Clock 10:00 [Time]...
Page 339
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting time zone 4.7.4 When the clock should run in the UTC, the user should set On for the setting [IS_UTC_base]. Additionally, the user should set the time zone† when the time should be displayed in the Local standard time.
Page 340
6F2S1931 (0.20) DST setting (Summer time setting) 4.7.5 When the summer time (DST) is applied, the user should set the beginning and the ending dates of the DST in the clock function. The user should set On for the setting [Summer time] for DST.
Page 341
6F2S1931 (0.20) March October Week Week Beginning of the DST E nding of the DST at 01:00 p.m. in Mar. 1 at 03:00 p.m. in Oct. 15 Setting 3 for the [ Setting 10 for the [ Start_Month End_Month Setting 1 for the [ Setting 3 for the [ Start_Week End_Week...
Page 342
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 4.7.6 Setting of CLOCK (Function ID: 200301) Unit Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value Timezone -14.00 - 14.00 hour Time zone 0.00 --- / SNTP / BI / MODBUS/ TimeSyncSrc Time sync source SNTP IRIG-B/IEC103 YYYYMMDD / Date_fmt MMDDYYYY /...
Page 343
6F2S1931 (0.20) Group setting for protection functions As shown in Figure 4.8-1, protection settings (i.e., DIF settings, CBF settings, etc.) are segmented into eight groups, and different setting values of the relays can be set as per circumstances such as operation conditions and others. Note that changing the group cannot be not carried out instantly.
Page 344
6F2S1931 (0.20) consists of a binary input circuit (BI1), a number generation function (‘Binary selection’ provided in basic functions of the PLC editor), and the signal reception point. That is, when the B1 switch is closed, a signal enters the BI1 circuit and is carried to the Binary selection; accordingly the Binary selection, which is programmed to generate a group number ‘2’...
Page 345
6F2S1931 (0.20) Binary input circuits BI1 to BI3 A group number enters PLC basic-function PLC basic-function at IO#3 (IO_SLOT1) to “Setting function (Ondelay) (SEL) (Function ID: 201400)” BI3_1 DIN_BOOL UDINT#16#200B03 BOOL_TO_UNIT UDINT#16#80 DTYPE Delay time# UDINT#16#01001111 XX ms BI3_2 DIN_BOOL DOUT_UNIT_1 UDINT#16#200B03 BOOL_TO_UNIT...
Page 346
6F2S1931 (0.20) Engineering tool Contents Pages Pages Busbar configuration tools Tool for Fault recorder Comparison of settings Tool for Disturbance recorder Configuration in IEC 61850 Tool for Event recorder Configuration of IEC 60870-5-103 Label creator Configuration of Modbus Logging management Common tools Project management Connection with PC...
Page 347
Overview of GR-TIEMS When engineering, monitoring, record viewing, and test support functions are required in the IED, the user can handle these advanced and integrated functions using GR-Series Toshiba IED Engineering and Monitoring Software (GR-TIEMS). The GR-TIEMS should be installed into a PC prior to engineering.
Page 348
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connection Figure 5.2-1 illustrates that the user can connect the local PC with the IED (type B receptacle) using a USB cable. Alternatively, the user can connect the local PC with the IED by connecting a RJ45 cable to the LAN port (if available in the IED). In Figure 5.2-2, when using the LAN port, the user has to select the communications option, which can be found from the Main menu in GR-TIEMS (go to “Tool”...
Page 349
6F2S1931 (0.20) Common tools Project management Project files are required to engage sub-engineering tools. The user can manage to read/write the project file of the IED using the project management function. The user can also see the contents of the project files. Comparison (ii) When the user wishes to get the comparison between respective IEDs, using the compare...
Page 350
6F2S1931 (0.20) Disturbance record (ii) Disturbance record is a kind of module information measured so that the user can see them in several graphs: an oscilloscope chart, a harmonic graph, a 3D harmonic graph, a vector in relay operation analysis (ROA) chart. The user can see disturbance records when the disturbance records file in COMTRADE are provided.
Page 351
6F2S1931 (0.20) Communication protocol: IEC 61850 IEC61850 communication Chapter communication ”. †Note: The configuration is possible when the IED software has the IEC61850 protocol. To confirmed the implementation of IEC61850 protocol, the user needs to check Appendix: Ordering the IED ordering code (for more information, see IEC 60870-5-103 configuration tool The user can edit the data of the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol†...
Page 352
6F2S1931 (0.20) PLC function Contents Pages Pages About PLC function PLC driver BIT (Boolean) type Error check USINT (Unsigned short integer) type IED screen information UNIT (Unsigned integer) type UDINT (Unsigned double integer) type 343 SINT (Short integer) type INT (Integer) type DINT (Double integer) type Timer variable setting Setting [UTM1] ~ [UTM24]...
Page 353
Note: To handle the PLC editor on the PC, the user shall purchase a software license Appendix: Ordering (EP-261; see ) from Toshiba sales representative. For more Basic manual: information of PLC and MULTIPROG®, see separate manual Programmable Logic Controller and PLC editor (6F2S1904)) PLC data error The Automatic supervision reports the error information when an error occurs in PLC logic.
Page 354
6F2S1931 (0.20) PLC driver The PLC driver is provided for the user-programmed logic. Monitoring point for PLC driver 6.3.1 The user can assign several values for the operation. Three-hundred-and-twenty PLC drivers are grouped for 128 BITs, 32 USINTs, 32 UINTs, 32 UDINTs, 32 SINTs, 32 INTs, and 32 DINTs in the function “PLC_DRV (Function ID: 230302)”.
Page 355
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point at PLC Driver PLC_DRV in BIT type (Function ID: 230302) Description Element ID Name 8F10121BBF BIT_05_7 General PLC monitoring point for users 8010131BB0 BIT_06_0 General PLC monitoring point for users 8110131BB1 BIT_06_1 General PLC monitoring point for users 8210131BB2 BIT_06_2 General PLC monitoring point for users...
Page 356
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point at PLC Driver PLC_DRV in BIT type (Function ID: 230302) Description Element ID Name 8710161BB7 BIT_12_7 General PLC monitoring point for users 8810161BB8 BIT_13_0 General PLC monitoring point for users 8910161BB9 BIT_13_1 General PLC monitoring point for users 8A10161BBA BIT_13_2 General PLC monitoring point for users...
Page 357
6F2S1931 (0.20) UDINT type (iv) Monitoring point at PLC Driver PLC_DRV in UDINT type (Function ID: 230302) Description Element ID Name 3213001BB0 U32_00 General PLC monitoring point for users 3213011BB0 U32_01 General PLC monitoring point for users 3213021BB0 U32_02 General PLC monitoring point for users 3213031BB0 U32_03...
Page 358
6F2S1931 (0.20) Timer variable settings using PLC drivers The user can set variable timers of user’s PLC logics using settings of PLC drivers (FB: PLC_DRV 230302). The LCD screen menu provides settings [UTM1] ~ [UTM24], and the user can set those timer values through the LCD screen. Figure 6.4-1 shows that a delay timer “TON1”...
Page 359
6F2S1931 (0.20) Example of timer action1 Supposed that the timer was set the [UTM1]=30 and the TON1 timer counter has started. When the counter counts 15 ms, and if the user sets 10 for the [UTM1], the FB output is yielded instantly. FB output FB input Counter...
Page 360
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting value The [UTMxx] value is selected among 0 to 10,000,000 [ms] (see Table 6.4-1). Figure 6.4-4 and Figure 6.4-5 illustrates how to see a value for the [UTMxx]. PLC timer settings: [UTM1]~ [UTM24] Figure 6.4-4 [UTMxx] timer setting menu (GR-TIMES operation) Setting Setting Common...
Page 361
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 6.4-1 UTM setting table PLC timer (Function ID: 230302) Setting items Range Contents Default Unit Note UTM1 0 —10,000,000 ms Value setting for delay timer ##1 UTM2 0 —10,000,000 ms Value setting for delay timer #2 UTM3 0 —10,000,000 ms Value setting for delay timer #3 UTM4...
Page 362
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 6.4-2 Inputs for driving the timers PLC timer (Function ID: 230302) Function ID + Element ID Setting name Description 230302 3200013001 UTM1 Input point for the delay timer(UTM1) 230302 3200023001 UTM2 Input point for the delay timer(UTM2) 230302 3200033001 UTM3 Input point for the delay timer(UTM3)
Page 363
6F2S1931 (0.20) Recording function Contents Pages Pages Disturbance recorder Event recorder -Maximum number of recording -Setup -Recording signals -Trigger signals -Recording time and capacities -Trigger modes -Trigger settings for PLC Fault recorder -Types of recording information -Screen information -Setup Transferring recording information Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 349 -...
Page 364
6F2S1931 (0.20) The recording function consists of three recording features: (1) Fault recorder, (2) Event recorder, and (3) Disturbance recorder. The fault recorder collects the information about the power system quantities when a fault occurs. The event recorder groups state information when the changes are detected.
Page 365
6F2S1931 (0.20) communication function (CBP_COMRCV_MU (Function ID: 4F2A01)). ‡Note: 64 logical signals are selectable for recording. For example in this purpose, the user may choose an operation signal on the circuits of the BIO modules (BIOs). Fault quantities and pre-fault-quantities (iv) Quantities that amplitude and phase angle of voltage and current—are memorized in the fault recorder, as shown in Table 7.1-1.
Page 366
6F2S1931 (0.20) The line○ indicates the tripped phase. The lines○ show how tripping occurred. The lines○ have the information about evolving faults, which is able to memory up to 32 developing faults. Quantitates when the fault occurred are shown below messages○ ○...
Page 367
6F2S1931 (0.20) Logical signals (ID201–ID264) Wishing to record a logical level ‘1 (TRUE)’ or ‘0 (FALSE)’ on the circuits, the user can pick the logical signal using settings the [OP Mode ID265] etc. For example, the user wishes to record the output level of the binary output circuit#1 (BO1) at the IO#1 slot, set its PLC monitoring point ‘200B01 8002001112’...
Page 368
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.1-2 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘30 software’ Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection points points Data IDs Screen names Data IDs Screen names DIF-OPT-CH CBFCH17 GEN.TRIP2_CH17 [OP Mode ID1] 412B01 8E00E01B70 [OP Mode Name1] [OP Mode ID97] 4A2B01 8300301BA3...
Page 369
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.1-3 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘31 software’ Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection points points Data IDs Screen names Data IDs Screen names DIF-OPT-CH CBFCH17 GEN.TRIP2_CH17 [OP Mode ID1] 412B01 8E00E01B70 [OP Mode Name1] [OP Mode ID97] 4A2B01 8300301BA3...
Page 370
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.1-4 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘32 software’ Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection points points Data IDs Screen names Data IDs Screen names DIF-OPT-CH CBFCH17 GEN.TRIP2_CH17 [OP Mode ID1] 412B01 8E00E01B70 [OP Mode Name1] [OP Mode ID97] 4A2B01 8300301BA3...
Page 371
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.1-5 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘33 software’ Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection points points Data IDs Screen names Data IDs Screen names DIF-OPT-CH CBFCH17 GEN.TRIP2_CH17 [OP Mode ID1] 412B01 8E00E01B70 [OP Mode Name1] [OP Mode ID97] 4A2B01 8300301BA3...
Page 372
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.1-6 Default settings (ID1–ID128 and ID201–ID264) in ‘34 software’ Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection Settings in Fault recorder Actual PLC connection points points Data IDs Screen names Data IDs Screen names DIF-OPT-CH CBFCH17 GEN.TRIP2_CH17 [OP Mode ID1] 412B01 8E00E01B70 [OP Mode Name1] [OP Mode ID97] 4A2B01 8300301BA3...
Page 373
6F2S1931 (0.20) Event recorder Signals are generated in the logics of BIO modules etc. in the IED. The event recorder can memory the generated signals as events. To operate the event recorder, the user should pick a preferred signal as a trigger of the event recorder; the event recorder can have 768 triggers, some of which have been set as a default.
Page 374
6F2S1931 (0.20) trigger#14 using the [Trigger ID14]. Note that the both triggers (#7 and #14) are smaller than the setting [End of E.Record-1]=256; hence, the both are listed in the ‘Event recored1’ list. Keep in mind that the event names are set by the [Event Name7] and [Event Name14]. All ones are tabulated in Table 7.2-1 to Table 7.2-7.
Page 375
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.2-1 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 for Software ’30’ Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names [Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID181] 4F0B01 8F03031B6F On-Off...
Page 376
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.2-2 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 for Software ’31’ Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names [Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID181] 4F0B01 8F03031B6F On-Off CB_CLOSE_CH3...
Page 377
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.2-3 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 for Software ’ 32’ Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names [Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID181] 4F0B01 8F03031B6F On-Off CB_CLOSE_CH3...
Page 378
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.2-4 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 for Software ’ 33’ Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names [Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID181] 4F0B01 8F03031B6F On-Off CB_CLOSE_CH3...
Page 379
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.2-5 Event1 group set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 for Software ’ 34’ Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names [Trigger ID1] 220001 3110201001 On-Off Serious error [Trigger ID91] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID181] 4F0B01 8F03031B6F On-Off CB_CLOSE_CH3...
Page 380
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.2-6 Event 2 set with [End of E.Record-1]=256 & [End of E.Record- 2 ]=5 12 for all Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names [Trigger ID257] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID347] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID437] (Not Assigned)
Page 381
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.2-7 Event 3 group set with [End of E.Record- 2 ]=5 12 for all Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names Triggers Data IDs Modes Names [Trigger ID513] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID603] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID693] (Not Assigned) [Trigger ID514]...
Page 382
6F2S1931 (0.20) Trigger modes 7.2.2 We can simplify the trigger signals into four: ‘On’, ‘Off ’, ‘On and Off ’, and ‘Change’ modes. Thus, the user can should set a mode for respective triggers using [Trigger Mode1] and others. ‘On’ mode In the ‘On’...
Page 383
6F2S1931 (0.20) of group settings (e.g., the ‘SYS_CHG’ signal; which has been connected with the trigger#9 Technical using the setting [Trigger ID9], as default; we have been discussed in Chapter description: Group setting for protection functions Screen information 7.2.3 Figure 7.2-5 illustrates the structure about the ‘Event Recored1’ group, which can be shown the latest event#1 at the top structure (line ○...
Page 384
6F2S1931 (0.20) Disturbance recorder A phenomenon of fault occurring will be recorded in the disturbance recorder and its phenomenon is recorded within 1ms accuracy. The recorder starts when TRC trip command is issued, but recording will also be started if a relay of the recorder detects an abnormal phenomenon.
Page 385
6F2S1931 (0.20) Maximum number for recording disturbance phenomena Note that the maximum number for recording the disturbance phenomena depends on the recording time and the sampling rate. Table 7.3-1 illustrates the maximum number in Software ’30 and 32’; the disturbance recorder can have 33 phenomena when settings [Record Time] =1 and [Sampling Rate] =7.5°, provided that the IED runs for 50Hz system.
Page 386
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.3-3 Setting lists for Software ‘30’ [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Name] Name] Name] 4A2B01 8300101B60 GEN.TRIP1_CH1 412B01 8200501C22 DIFZE-C [Binary Signal1] [Binary Signal91] [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) ….
Page 387
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.3-4 Setting lists for Software ‘31’ [Binary Sig. Origi [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. Settings Data IDs Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Name] Name] Name] 4A2B01 8300101B60 GEN.TRIP1_CH1 412B01 8200501C22 DIFZE-C [Binary Signal1] [Binary Signal91] [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) ….
Page 388
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.3-5 Setting lists for Software ‘32’ [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Name] Name] Name] 4A2B01 8300101B60 GEN.TRIP1_CH1 412B01 8200501C22 DIFZE-C [Binary Signal1] [Binary Signal91] [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) ….
Page 389
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.3-6 Setting lists for Software ‘33’ [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Name] Name] Name] 4A2B01 8300101B60 GEN.TRIP1_CH1 412B01 8200501C22 DIFZE-C [Binary Signal1] [Binary Signal91] [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) ….
Page 390
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.3-7 Setting lists for Software ‘34’ [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. [Binary Sig. Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Settings Data IDs Origins Name] Name] Name] 4A2B01 8300101B60 GEN.TRIP1_CH1 412B01 8200501C22 DIFZE-C [Binary Signal1] [Binary Signal91] [Binary Signal191] (Not Assigned) ….
Page 391
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 7.3-8 Kinds of recording quantities in the recording No Analog data Data ID No Analog data Data ID 7F0004 2102001303 Ia(CH15) 7F0004 21012A1303 7F0004 2102011303 Ib(CH15) 7F0004 21012B1303 7F0004 2102021303 Ic(CH15) 7F0004 21012C1303 7F0004 2102031303 Ia(CH16) 7F0004 21012D1303 7F0004 2102041303 Ib(CH16) 7F0004 21012E1303...
Page 392
6F2S1931 (0.20) Trigger settings for PLC programming 7.3.2 If the PLC program instructs the operation of the disturbance recorder, the user should set the [Trigger ID1] to [Trigger ID4]. That is, the program-output points should be set for the settings [Trigger ID1] to [Trigger ID4];...
Page 394
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 7.3.4 FLT_REC_CU(Function ID: 204201) Setting items Range Contents Default Unit Note Pre-Fault Time 10s/ 50 / 100 / 200 / Recording time before the fault Sec. Op Mode Name1 (Preferred name) – Name of the operation mode for ID1 Op Mode ID1 (Preferred DataID) –...
Page 395
6F2S1931 (0.20) DISTURB_REC (Function ID: 204001) Setting items Range Contents Default Unit Note Record Time 0.1 - 10.0 s Time for disturbance recording Pre-fault Time 0.1 - 10.0 s Pre-fault time Sampling Rate 7.5 / 15 deg Sampling rate in electrical degree Interpolate Mode On / Off –...
Page 396
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) 7.3.5 Signal monitoring point FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Description Name Element ID ADD_F.RECORD_TRIG1 8020001001 Receiving Trigger1 ADD_F.RECORD_TRIG2 8120011001 Receiving Trigger2 ADD_F.RECORD_TRIG3 8220021001 Receiving Trigger3 ADD_F.RECORD_TRIG4 8320031001 Receiving Trigger4 FAULT RECORD TRIG1 8000011001 TRIG1 signal generated FAULT RECORD TRIG3 8200031001 TRIG3 signal generated...
Page 397
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connection point on PLC logic CBP_DRT (Function ID: 4B3001) Description Element ID Name 8100011C61 CBP-DRT_1-B OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-B) 8200011C62 CBP-DRT_1-C OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-C) 8400001C61 CBP-DRT_2 CBP-DRT protection operated 8400011C63 CBP-DRT_2-A OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-A) 8500011C64 CBP-DRT_2-B OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-B)
Page 398
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connection point on PLC logic CBP_DRT (Function ID: 4B3001) Description Element ID Name 8D00011C82 CBP-DRT_12-B OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-B) 8E00011C83 CBP-DRT_12-C OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-C) 8000001C6C CBP-DRT_13 CBP-DRT protection operated 8000011C84 CBP-DRT_13-A OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-A) 8100011C85 CBP-DRT_13-B OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-B)
Page 399
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connection point on PLC logic CBP_DRT (Function ID: 4B3001) Description Element ID Name 8900011CA3 CBP-DRT_23-B OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-B) 8A00011CA4 CBP-DRT_23-C OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-C) 8C00001C77 CBP-DRT_24 CBP-DRT protection operated 8C00011CA5 CBP-DRT_24-A OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-A) 8D00011CA6 CBP-DRT_24-B OC-DRT relay element operated (phase-B)
Page 400
6F2S1931 (0.20) Transferred information during fault The IED can transfer the information during the fault in the IEC61850 communication†. †Note: The transferring is only available in the IEC61850 Editon1 with option or Communication Editon2. For the information about the option, see Chapter protocol: IEC 61850 communication: About protocol , separately.
Page 401
6F2S1931 (0.20) Transferred metering values 7.4.1 Table 7.4-1 transferring information during the fault†. When the IED is running on the IEC61850 Edition1 option, these signals should be mapped for Private Object AnInDatUpd. When the IED is running on the IEC61850 Editon2, they should be mapped for Normal Object AnIn..
Page 407
6F2S1931 (0.20) Transferred information about tripped phase and mode 7.4.2 Information about the tripped phases and mode can be transferred with the signals in Table 7.4-2. For more information about tripped phases and modes, see section 7.1.1(ii). Table 7.4-2 Transferred information Items Signal names Number of faults recorded...
Page 408
6F2S1931 (0.20) Transferring record value and information 7.4.4 Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 3130001180 FLT_CNT Count of Fault Record 9030001006 FLT_TM Fault Time 8030001B60 FLT_PH_A Fault Phase A 8130001B61 FLT_PH_B Fault Phase B 8230001B62 FLT_PH_C Fault Phase C...
Page 409
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4330191001 FLTMS0026 Value taken during the fault (0026) 43301A1001 FLTMS0027 Value taken during the fault (0027) 43301B1001 FLTMS0028 Value taken during the fault (0028) 43301C1001 FLTMS0029 Value taken during the fault (0029) 43301D1001...
Page 410
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4330451001 FLTMS0070 Value taken during the fault (0070) 4330461001 FLTMS0071 Value taken during the fault (0071) 4330471001 FLTMS0072 Value taken during the fault (0072) 4330481001 FLTMS0073 Value taken during the fault (0073) 4330491001...
Page 411
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4330711001 FLTMS0114 Value taken during the fault (0114) 4330721001 FLTMS0115 Value taken during the fault (0115) 4330731001 FLTMS0116 Value taken during the fault (0116) 4330741001 FLTMS0117 Value taken during the fault (0117) 4330751001...
Page 412
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 43309D1001 FLTMS0158 Value taken during the fault (0158) 43309E1001 FLTMS0159 Value taken during the fault (0159) 43309F1001 FLTMS0160 Value taken during the fault (0160) 4330A01001 FLTMS0161 Value taken during the fault (0161) 4330A11001...
Page 413
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4330C91001 FLTMS0202 Value taken during the fault (0202) 4330CA1001 FLTMS0203 Value taken during the fault (0203) 4330CB1001 FLTMS0204 Value taken during the fault (0204) 4330CC1001 FLTMS0205 Value taken during the fault (0205) 4330CD1001...
Page 414
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4330F51001 FLTMS0246 Value taken during the fault (0246) 4330F61001 FLTMS0247 Value taken during the fault (0247) 4330F71001 FLTMS0248 Value taken during the fault (0248) 4330F81001 FLTMS0249 Value taken during the fault (0249) 4330F91001...
Page 415
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4331211001 FLTMS0290 Value taken during the fault (0290) 4331221001 FLTMS0291 Value taken during the fault (0291) 4331231001 FLTMS0292 Value taken during the fault (0292) 4331241001 FLTMS0293 Value taken during the fault (0293) 4331251001...
Page 416
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 43314D1001 FLTMS0334 Value taken during the fault (0334) 43314E1001 FLTMS0335 Value taken during the fault (0335) 43314F1001 FLTMS0336 Value taken during the fault (0336) 4331501001 FLTMS0337 Value taken during the fault (0337) 4331511001...
Page 417
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4331791001 FLTMS0378 Value taken during the fault (0378) 43317A1001 FLTMS0379 Value taken during the fault (0379) 43317B1001 FLTMS0380 Value taken during the fault (0380) 43317C1001 FLTMS0381 Value taken during the fault (0381) 43317D1001...
Page 418
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4331A51001 FLTMS0422 Value taken during the fault (0422) 4331A61001 FLTMS0423 Value taken during the fault (0423) 4331A71001 FLTMS0424 Value taken during the fault (0424) 4331A81001 FLTMS0425 Value taken during the fault (0425) 4331A91001...
Page 419
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4331D11001 FLTMS0466 Value taken during the fault (0466) 4331D21001 FLTMS0467 Value taken during the fault (0467) 4331D31001 FLTMS0468 Value taken during the fault (0468) 4331D41001 FLTMS0469 Value taken during the fault (0469) 4331D51001...
Page 420
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4331FD1001 FLTMS0510 Value taken during the fault (0510) 4331FE1001 FLTMS0511 Value taken during the fault (0511) 4331FF1001 FLTMS0512 Value taken during the fault (0512) 4332001001 FLTMS0513 Value taken during the fault (0513) 4332011001...
Page 421
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4332291001 FLTMS0554 Value taken during the fault (0554) 43322A1001 FLTMS0555 Value taken during the fault (0555) 43322B1001 FLTMS0556 Value taken during the fault (0556) 43322C1001 FLTMS0557 Value taken during the fault (0557) 43322D1001...
Page 422
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4332551001 FLTMS0598 Value taken during the fault (0598) 4332561001 FLTMS0599 Value taken during the fault (0599) 4332571001 FLTMS0600 Value taken during the fault (0600) 4332581001 FLTMS0601 Value taken during the fault (0601) 4332591001...
Page 423
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4332811001 FLTMS0642 Value taken during the fault (0642) 4332821001 FLTMS0643 Value taken during the fault (0643) 4332831001 FLTMS0644 Value taken during the fault (0644) 4332841001 FLTMS0645 Value taken during the fault (0645) 4332851001...
Page 424
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4332AD1001 FLTMS0686 Value taken during the fault (0686) 4332AE1001 FLTMS0687 Value taken during the fault (0687) 4332AF1001 FLTMS0688 Value taken during the fault (0688) 4332B01001 FLTMS0689 Value taken during the fault (0689) 4332B11001...
Page 425
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4332D91001 FLTMS0730 Value taken during the fault (0730) 4332DA1001 FLTMS0731 Value taken during the fault (0731) 4332DB1001 FLTMS0732 Value taken during the fault (0732) 4332DC1001 FLTMS0733 Value taken during the fault (0733) 4332DD1001...
Page 426
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4333051001 FLTMS0774 Value taken during the fault (0774) 4333061001 FLTMS0775 Value taken during the fault (0775) 4333071001 FLTMS0776 Value taken during the fault (0776) 4333081001 FLTMS0777 Value taken during the fault (0777) 4333091001...
Page 427
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4333311001 FLTMS0818 Value taken during the fault (0818) 4333321001 FLTMS0819 Value taken during the fault (0819) 4333331001 FLTMS0820 Value taken during the fault (0820) 4333341001 FLTMS0821 Value taken during the fault (0821) 4333351001...
Page 428
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 43335D1001 FLTMS0862 Value taken during the fault (0862) 43335E1001 FLTMS0863 Value taken during the fault (0863) 43335F1001 FLTMS0864 Value taken during the fault (0864) 4333601001 FLTMS0865 Value taken during the fault (0865) 4333611001...
Page 429
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4333891001 FLTMS0906 Value taken during the fault (0906) 43338A1001 FLTMS0907 Value taken during the fault (0907) 43338B1001 FLTMS0908 Value taken during the fault (0908) 43338C1001 FLTMS0909 Value taken during the fault (0909) 43338D1001...
Page 430
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4333B51001 FLTMS0950 Value taken during the fault (0950) 4333B61001 FLTMS0951 Value taken during the fault (0951) 4333B71001 FLTMS0952 Value taken during the fault (0952) 4333B81001 FLTMS0953 Value taken during the fault (0953) 4333B91001...
Page 431
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 4333E11001 FLTMS0994 Value taken during the fault (0994) 4333E21001 FLTMS0995 Value taken during the fault (0995) 4333E31001 FLTMS0996 Value taken during the fault (0996) 4333E41001 FLTMS0997 Value taken during the fault (0997) 4333E51001...
Page 432
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 8D500D1135 FLTOPM014 Status at Operation identifier ID14 8E500E1135 FLTOPM015 Status at Operation identifier ID15 8F500F1135 FLTOPM016 Status at Operation identifier ID16 8050101135 FLTOPM017 Status at Operation identifier ID17 8150111135 FLTOPM018 Status at Operation identifier ID18...
Page 433
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 8950391135 FLTOPM058 Status at Operation identifier ID58 8A503A1135 FLTOPM059 Status at Operation identifier ID59 8B503B1135 FLTOPM060 Status at Operation identifier ID60 8C503C1135 FLTOPM061 Status at Operation identifier ID61 8D503D1135 FLTOPM062 Status at Operation identifier ID62...
Page 434
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 8550651135 FLTOPM102 Status at Operation identifier ID102 8650661135 FLTOPM103 Status at Operation identifier ID103 8750671135 FLTOPM104 Status at Operation identifier ID104 8850681135 FLTOPM105 Status at Operation identifier ID105 8950691135 FLTOPM106 Status at Operation identifier ID106...
Page 435
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 8150911135 FLTOPM218 Status at Logical operation identifier ID218 8250921135 FLTOPM219 Status at Logical operation identifier ID219 8350931135 FLTOPM220 Status at Logical operation identifier ID220 8450941135 FLTOPM221 Status at Logical operation identifier ID221 8550951135...
Page 436
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal generated for transferring FLT_REC_CU (Function ID: 204201) Element ID Name Description 8D50BD1135 FLTOPM262 Status at Logical operation identifier ID262 8E50BE1135 FLTOPM263 Status at Logical operation identifier ID263 8F50BF1135 FLTOPM264 Status at Logical operation identifier ID264 Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 422 -...
Page 437
6F2S1931 (0.20) Metering function Contents Pages Pages Accumulated time Signal and Measurand -Metering results Counter features – -Software 30 measurands -Information in GCNT -Software 31 measurands -Software 32 measurands Dead band -Software 33 measurands -Software 34 measurands Metering features – -Information -Diminishing small value -Measurement settings...
Page 438
6F2S1931 (0.20) Outline The monitoring function is provided to measure the number of power quantities and statistics data obtained within the VCT and BI circuits†. When the measuring instruments start measures power quantities, mathematical means is applied to the data from the VCT so that the data are shown accurately on the IED screen.
Page 439
6F2S1931 (0.20) Metering information on the screen The user can examine the metering data on the IED screen; Figure 8.3-1 illustrates the information about currents. The values of the differential currents are displayed in DIFCH and DIFZA–DIFZF; and these values are displayed in percent (%) as a percentage of the DIFCH and DIFZA–DIFZF settings.
Page 440
6F2S1931 (0.20) Metering 10:48 Display Value Primary I-Display Unit V-Display Unit Figure 8.4-1 Metering setting in the setting screen User interface: Setting sub-menu Note: For the operation of the menu, see Chapter Table 8.4-1 Significant digits for metering Maximum number of significant digits after decimal point Metering screen Settings...
Page 441
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting for the report (Dead band feature) The data collected in the metering function will be sent to the network upward, but the data sent may give the network a heavy burden because the amount of the data sent could be larger. Thus, the dead band (SD) feature is designed not to report data unnecessary (say, the dead band feature regulates not to send the same data repeatedly).
Page 442
6F2S1931 (0.20) Statistics data (Counter group) The user can check on the counting numbers provided by the general counter function†. Table 8.6-1 shows the user to find the count numbers in the counter group. Table 8.6-1 Counter data Counter number Correspondences Group Origin of info (default)
Page 443
6F2S1931 (0.20) Statistics data (Accumulated time) Over all running time for which the IED has operated is provided in “Accumulated Time”. The user can see the overall time on the Accumulated Time screen. The time will be cleared when the IED is switched off. Accumulated Time 10:48 ACT_TIME...
Page 444
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting Metering settings in MES (Function ID: 710008) Default Unit Setting item Range Contents Notes setting value Display Value Primary/Secondary – Display selection of primary or secondary Primary I-Display Unit A / kA – Selection of display units V-Display Unit V / kV –...
Page 445
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal and measurand Common signal Signal monitoring point CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT_CU (Function ID: 711008) Element ID Name Description 32A0201060 CT-ERR CH1-24 CT Monitoring Result 32A0371062 CT-ERR SIGMA CH24 CT Monitoring Result CT 31A0001060 V0-ERR ZONEA-F V0 Monitoring Result 31A0101060 V2-ERR ZONEA V2 Monitoring Result Centralized GRB200...
Page 446
6F2S1931 (0.20) Measurand in Software 30 (ii) Software: 30 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010010C0 711008 42012010C0 711008 22510010C0 711008 43C10010C0 Modbus conversion factor: 100 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement percent...
Page 447
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 30 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010610C0 711008 42012610C0 711008 22510610C0 711008 43C10610C0 Modbus conversion factor: 100 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010610C2...
Page 448
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 30 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 V0 measurement primary (ZB) 711008 432245107A 711008 424245107A 711008 225245107A 711008 433245107A Modbus conversion factor: 1 V0 measurement secondary (ZB) 711008 4322451054 711008 2252451054...
Page 449
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 30 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 VbcE Vbc measurement primary (ZE) 711008 43222D1078 711008 42422D1078 711008 22522D1078 711008 43322D1078 Modbus conversion factor: 1 VbcE Vbc measurement secondary (ZE) 711008 43222D1052...
Page 450
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 30 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement primary (CH4) 711008 43216A1078 711008 4241611078 711008 2251611078 711008 4331611078 Modbus conversion factor: 1 Ib measurement secondary (CH4) 711008 43216A1052 711008 2251611052...
Page 451
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 30 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ic measurement primary (CH11) 711008 432180107A 711008 424162107A 711008 225162107A 711008 433162107A Modbus conversion factor: 1 Ic measurement secondary (CH11) 711008 4321801054 711008 2251621054...
Page 452
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 30 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement secondary (CH19) 711008 4321971052 711008 2251611052 711008 4331611052 Modbus conversion factor: 1 Ib-Angle Ib measurement angle (CH19) 711008 4321971053...
Page 453
6F2S1931 (0.20) Measurand in Software 31 (iii) Software: 31 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010010C0 711008 42012010C0 711008 43C10010C0 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010010C2...
Page 454
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 31 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010610C0 711008 42012610C0 711008 43C10610C0 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010610C2 711008 43C10610C2 IdbF...
Page 455
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 31 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ic measurement primary (CH6) 711008 432171107A 711008 424162107A 711008 433162107A Ic measurement secondary (CH6) 711008 4321711054 711008 4331621054 Ic-Angle...
Page 456
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 31 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement secondary (CH14) 711008 4321881052 711008 4331611052 Ib-Angle Ib measurement angle (CH14) 711008 4321881053 711008 4241611053 711008 4331611053 Ib measurement primary (CH14)
Page 457
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 31 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ia measurement primary (CH22) 711008 43219F1076 711008 4241601076 711008 4331601076 Ia measurement secondary (CH22) 711008 43219F1050 711008 4331601050 Ia-Angle...
Page 458
6F2S1931 (0.20) Measurand in Software 32 (iv) Software: 32 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010010C0 711008 42012010C0 711008 43C10010C0 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010010C2...
Page 459
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 32 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010610C0 711008 42012610C0 711008 43C10610C0 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010610C2 711008 43C10610C2 IdbF...
Page 460
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 32 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 V0 measurement primary (ZB) 711008 432245107A 711008 424245107A 711008 433245107A V0 measurement secondary (ZB) 711008 4322451054 711008 4332451054 V0B-Angle...
Page 461
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 32 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 VbcE Vbc measurement primary (ZE) 711008 43222D1078 711008 42422D1078 711008 43322D1078 VbcE Vbc measurement secondary (ZE) 711008 43222D1052 711008 43322D1052 VbcE-Angle...
Page 462
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 32 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement primary (CH4) 711008 43216A1078 711008 4241611078 711008 4331611078 Ib measurement secondary (CH4) 711008 43216A1052 711008 4331611052 Ib-Angle...
Page 463
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 32 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ic measurement primary (CH11) 711008 432180107A 711008 424162107A 711008 433162107A Ic measurement secondary (CH11) 711008 4321801054 711008 4331621054 Ic-Angle...
Page 464
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 32 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement secondary (CH19) 711008 4321971052 711008 4331611052 Ib-Angle Ib measurement angle (CH19) 711008 4321971053 711008 4241611053 711008 4331611053 Ib measurement primary (CH19)
Page 465
6F2S1931 (0.20) Measurand in Software 33 Software: 33 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010010C0 711008 42012010C0 711008 43C10010C0 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010010C2 711008 43C10010C2...
Page 466
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 33 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010610C0 711008 42012610C0 711008 43C10610C0 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010610C2 711008 43C10610C2 IdbF...
Page 467
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 33 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ic measurement primary (CH6) 711008 432171107A 711008 424162107A 711008 433162107A Ic measurement secondary (CH6) 711008 4321711054 711008 4331621054 Ic-Angle...
Page 468
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 33 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement secondary (CH14) 711008 4321881052 711008 4331611052 Ib-Angle Ib measurement angle (CH14) 711008 4321881053 711008 4241611053 711008 4331611053 Ib measurement primary (CH14)
Page 469
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 33 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ia measurement primary (CH22) 711008 43219F1076 711008 4241601076 711008 4331601076 Ia measurement secondary (CH22) 711008 43219F1050 711008 4331601050 Ia-Angle...
Page 470
6F2S1931 (0.20) Measurand in Software 34 (vi) Software: 34 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010010C0 711008 42012010C0 711008 43C10010C0 DIF-CH Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010010C2...
Page 471
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 34 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement primary 711008 43010610C0 711008 42012610C0 711008 43C10610C0 IdaF DIF-ZF Phase-A Id measurement percent 711008 43010610C2 711008 43C10610C2 IdbF...
Page 472
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 34 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 V0 measurement primary (ZB) 711008 432245107A 711008 424245107A 711008 433245107A V0 measurement secondary (ZB) 711008 4322451054 711008 4332451054 V0B-Angle...
Page 473
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 34 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 VbcE Vbc measurement primary (ZE) 711008 43222D1078 711008 42422D1078 711008 43322D1078 VbcE Vbc measurement secondary (ZE) 711008 43222D1052 711008 43322D1052 VbcE-Angle...
Page 474
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 34 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement primary (CH4) 711008 43216A1078 711008 4241611078 711008 4331611078 Ib measurement secondary (CH4) 711008 43216A1052 711008 4331611052 Ib-Angle...
Page 475
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 34 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ic measurement primary (CH11) 711008 432180107A 711008 424162107A 711008 433162107A Ic measurement secondary (CH11) 711008 4321801054 711008 4331621054 Ic-Angle...
Page 476
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software: 34 Measurand to be used in Measurand Data IDs GR-TIEMS and Metering inputs Types of inputs Unit IEC61850 Fault recording Modbus Note IEC103 Ib measurement secondary (CH19) 711008 4321971052 711008 4331611052 Ib-Angle Ib measurement angle (CH19) 711008 4321971053 711008 4241611053 711008 4331611053 Ib measurement primary (CH19)
Page 477
6F2S1931 (0.20) Automatic supervision Contents Pages Pages 61850 irregular data LAN pinging problem A/D accuracy error on VCT LAN error Abnormal currents flowing on CTs LRE error BIO module error MRAM memory error CB failure PLC Data error Check-sum error Power supply failure Clock error Program code error...
Page 478
6F2S1931 (0.20) Outline of automatic supervision In power system, the protection function is not required to operate during normal conditions. That is, the protection function should stay silent for the unfaulty conditions, but it has to start respond immediately upon the occurrence of the fault. Therefore, as for the operation of the protection system, the detection of an unhealthy condition, such as malfunction or errors in the hardware or in the software, is requisite within the IED.
Page 479
6F2S1931 (0.20) Error LED and LCD error message (ii) The IED has LEDs and LCD screen† so that the automatic supervision function issues a result for the LEDs and the LCD screen. When the IED is linked with the SAS, it is possible to transfer the result for the LED and LCD screen using the communication system.
Page 480
6F2S1931 (0.20) Error outputs with contacts and binary output circuits (iii) Automatic supervision function drives a contact of the power supply module (PWS)† when an error occurs without warning; additionally, binary output circuits (BOs‡) will be locked out to drive when serious error (Level 1=Critical error) is detected. Table 9.1-4 FAIL contact, BO, LED outputs depending on levels PWS†...
Page 481
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision tasks Displaying errors regarding to common problems are summarized in Table 9.2-1; the error is cleared when recovered Table 9.2-1 Supervision items and error levels for generic Detailed Error Sec. Supervision items (Screen message) Info. Lvl. Mismatch between ROM and RAM data (ROM/RAM error) 9.2.1 Displayed Supervision of check-sum error (SUM error)
Page 482
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mismatch between ROM and RAM data (ROM/RAM error) 9.2.1 The ROM and RAM on the CPU module are verified every two minutes; when the error is found, an error message is displayed by the supervision function. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error) for the supervision, checking error on the RAM and the ROM is carried out periodically.
Page 483
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of check-sum error (SUM error) 9.2.2 The check sum in the memory on the CPU module is verified every four minutes; when the error is found the error message is displayed by the supervision function. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error) for the supervision, the check-sum error on the memory is carried out periodically.
Page 484
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of RAM (RAM error) 9.2.3 The read-write operation on RAM circuit of the CPU module is verified at any time; when the error is found an error message is displayed by the supervision function. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error ) for the supervision;...
Page 485
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of ECC on memory (ECC error) 9.2.4 The error-correcting code memory (ECC memory), in the CPU module, is verified at any time. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error ) for the supervision; checking error on the ECC is carried out at any time.
Page 486
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of MRAM (MRAM) 9.2.5 The error detection on the Magnetoresistive Random Access Memory (MRAM memory) of the CPU module is verified every 1 second; when the error is found, an error message is displayed by the supervision function. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error ) for the supervision;...
Page 487
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of FPGA (FPGA error) 9.2.6 Detecting the error in the FPGA is achieved when the CPU module detects fatal failures. Error level The error level is set at level 1 (Serious error ) for the supervision; checking errors on the FPGA is carried out at any time.
Page 488
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of program codes (CPU error) 9.2.7 The program code in the ROM and RAM on the CPU module is verified every time; when the error is found an error message is displayed by the supervision function. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error) for the supervision, detecting Program errors on the RAM and the ROM are carried out every second.
Page 489
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of task operation (RUN error) 9.2.8 Task operations in the IED are monitored every two minutes. Error messages can be screened when the tasks stop. The tasks are supervised every 15 minutes if they are idling. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error) unconditionally.
Page 490
6F2S1931 (0.20) Detecting non-maskable interrupt (NMI error) 9.2.9 The occurrences of non-maskable-interruptions (NMIs) on the CPU module are examined every time; when the interruption is triggered, an interruption message is detected and displayed. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error) for the supervision; detecting the interruption carried out at any time.
Page 491
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of sampling period (SMP error) 9.2.10 The sampling error is verified at any time; when the error is found an error message is displayed by the supervision function. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error ) for the supervision;...
Page 492
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of setting data (Setting error) 9.2.11 The values of the Settings are checked every second; the error message is displayed when the erroneous value is found. Error level The error level has been set at level 1 (Serious error ) for the supervision;...
Page 493
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of real-time clock (RTC error) 9.2.12 The state of the real time clock (RTC) is checked every five minutes; the error message is displayed when the clock stops. Error level Generally, the default error level has been set at level 3 (Minor error), but the user can program the level using setting [CHK_RTC:LVl];...
Page 494
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of sampling and transferring data (SA error) 9.2.13 Sampling and transferring data with regard to the VCTs in MainUnit and SubUnit are checked cyclically. The analog quantities computed in the CPU module of MainUnit are also checked with this function.
Page 495
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of analog input data on VCTs (AI error) 9.2.14 It is possible to detect the failure of the analog to digital conversion in the VCT module† of MainUnit and SubUnits. Technical description: Transformer module for AC analog input †Note: See Chapter more information.
Page 496
6F2S1931 (0.20) Abnormal currents flowing in CTs (CT error) 9.2.15 The CT supervision is to examine whether the three-phase currents are balanced and the current in zero-sequence is minimum. It secures the operation of the CT circuits†. By monitoring the currents flowing in the AC analog input circuits, it is also applicable to detect the failure in the CT circuit.
Page 497
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 9.2-31 Detailed information in Hexadecimal in CHK_CT_CBP Meaning of the detailed information Display area Left column Right column 10000000: CH1 10000000: CH9 01000000: CH2 01000000: CH10 00100000: CH3 00100000: CH11 00010000: CH4 00010000: CH12 Top row 00001000: CH5 00001000: CH13 00000100: CH6 00000100: CH14...
Page 498
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of voltage in negative-sequence (V2 error) 9.2.16 Applying the voltage in negative-sequence is calculated regularly using three-phase voltages measured in the IED. If Equation (9.2-2) is satisfied over 10 seconds, the supervision function determines that a failure occurs in the input circuit. The voltage in negative sequence can be used to detect a failure within the voltage input circuit in high sensitivity.
Page 499
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of voltage in zero-sequence (V0 error) 9.2.17 Zero-sequence voltage is automatically calculated using three-phase voltages measured in the relay. If Equation (9.2-3) is made up, the supervision function can determine that a voltage in zero-sequence is being applied erroneously. (9.2-3) ≥...
Page 500
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of SubUnit-connection (SUB Conn. Error) 9.2.18 The connection between the MainUnit and the SubUnit#1/SubUnit#2 is checked cyclically. Error messages will be shown by Write-Read check, CRC check, Connection check, and Address check. Error level The level of the error has been set at level 1 (Serious error ), as a default.
Page 501
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of binary IO modules (BIO error) 9.2.19 Supervision function is provided for detecting the operation failures of binary IO modules (BIO) in MainUnit, SubUnit#1, and SubUnit#2†. †Note: The function can operate for respective BIO modules mounted in the IED; the user should have settings in them, which are located at the IO slot identified with the number.
Page 502
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 9.2-39 Messages for SubUnit#1 provided by the supervisor in CHK_S1BIO Message and level Meaning of the information SUB1 BIO#1 error Detection of the BIO failure at IO slot#1 in SubUnit#1 SUB1 BIO#2 error Detection of the BIO failure at IO slot#2 in SubUnit#1 SUB1 BIO#3 error Detection of the BIO failure at IO slot#3 in SubUnit#1 SUB1 BIO#4 error...
Page 503
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of human machine interface (HMI error) 9.2.20 Supervising the failure in the human machine interface (HMI) is provided. Error level Generally, the default error level has been set at level 3 (Minor error ). However, the user can program the level using setting [CHK_HMI:LVl];...
Page 504
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of power supply module (Power error) 9.2.21 A power error is issued when the DC voltage generated in the power supply module (PWS†) is less than a threshold. Thresholds for issuing the power error are determined by inserting a shunt connector on the PWS.
Page 505
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of data in PLC function (PLC data error) 9.2.22 Error in the PLC function is detected because the data coded by PLC editor has an error. Error level Generally, the default error level has been set at level 3 (Minor error), but the user can program the level using setting [CHK_PLC_DAT:LVl];...
Page 506
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 9.2-47 Detailed information in Hexadecimal in CHK_ PLC_DAT Meaning of the detailed information Display area Left column Right column 00000001 No PLC data exists in the 00000001 Watch dog error IED. 00000002 CPU load exceeded 00000002 Error in input Data 00000003 File error 00000004 Error in output Data 00000004 Test info string error...
Page 507
6F2S1931 (0.20) Detecting erroneous differential current in the DIF (Id error) 9.2.23 Erroneous operations are monitored by the operation of DIF-IdSV element† in the current differential function (DIF); the automatic supervision function can alarm its erroneous operation with the notification from the DIF function. †Note: The DIF function has the supervision feature itself;...
Page 508
6F2S1931 (0.20) Current transformer failure (CT fail) 9.2.24 Detecting the open-circuit in CT is achieved by the operation of the CT failure detection function†. Thus, the failure signal in the CTF is transferred to the automatic supervision function and it is grouped into the error level together with other error signals. Relay †Note: For more information about the CT failure function, see Chapter application: Current differential protection: CT circuit failure detection...
Page 509
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of circuit breaker contacts (CB fail) 9.2.25 The auxiliary contacts of disconnector are supervised. That is, when the main contact is ‘Open’, N/O and N/C contacts of the auxiliary-contact are represent as ‘Open and Closed’. However, if both N/O and N/C are represented as ‘Open’, the auxiliary-contact operates incorrectly.
Page 510
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of disconnector contact (DS fail) 9.2.26 The auxiliary contacts of disconnector are supervised. When the main contact is ‘Open’, N/O and N/C contacts of the auxiliary-contact are represent as ‘Open and Closed’. However, if both N/O and N/C are represented as ‘Open’, the auxiliary-contact operates incorrectly. Likewise, if both are represented as ‘Closed’, the auxiliary contact operates incorrectly.
Page 511
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of LAN status (LAN error) 9.2.27 Network communication module is monitored every 60 seconds; the error message is screened if the one does not operate correctly. †Note: For more information about the modules with regard to the LAN network, see Communication Protocol: LAN communication Technical Chapter...
Page 512
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of response for pinging (Ping error) 9.2.28 Communication error on the LAN† is detected by pinging for the addresses instructed. Communication Protocol: LAN †Note: For more information about the LAN, see Chapter communication . For the information about the LAN hardware, see Chapter Technical description: Signal processing and communication module .
Page 513
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of link redundant entity (LRE error) 9.2.29 Operation of the LRE is checked and the error message is screened when the LRE does not operate correctly or wrong data is written in the FPGA. Communication Protocol: LAN †Note: For more information about the LRE, see Chapter operation Error level...
Page 514
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of communication setting (Commslv error) 9.2.30 A setting error can be detected if contradictory data has been set in the memory. Error messages are shown depending on a kind of the communication protocols. Error level The default error level has set at level 3 (Minor error), but the user can change it using setting [CHK_CMLV:LVl];...
Page 515
6F2S1931 (0.20) The second of that (i.e., “0004”) is a reason (see Table 9.2-64), and it turns out the 61850 initialization. The top right and the middle left parts are the Data ID of the reason (i.e., “51200131” and “03011001”; the user can combine them into “512001 3103011001”).
Page 516
6F2S1931 (0.20) Supervision of GOOSE publishing (LAN(GOOSE)error) 9.2.31 Publishing error in the IEC 61850 communication† is detected when a GOOSE message is not received. Communication protocol: IEC †Note: For more information about GOOSE, see Chapter 61850 communication Error level Generally, the default error level has been set at level 3 (Minor error), but the user can program level using setting...
Page 517
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 9.2.32 Setting of CHK_BIO (Function ID: 221101 to 221108) Setting item Range Contents Default setting value Notes CHK_BIO1:Sw Off / On Enable switch for BIO#1 --- / Serious error / Serious error(Comm) / CHK_ BIO 1:Lvl Serious error Error level at BIO#1 Minor error / Alarm/ Warning …...
Page 518
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of CHK_RTC (Function ID: 221701) Setting item Range Contents Default setting value Notes CHK_RTC:Sw Off / On Enable switch --- / Serious error / Serious error(Comm) / CHK_RTC:Lvl Error level Minor error Minor error / Alarm / Warning Setting of CHK_PLC_DAT (Function PLC_DAT: 223202) Setting item Range...
Page 519
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of CHK_CMLV (Function ID: 224001) Setting item Range Contents Default setting value Notes --- / Serious error / Serious error(Comm) / CHK_CMLV_DAT:Lvl Minor error Error level Minor error / Alarm/ Warning 1/2/3 Setting of CHK_LAN (Function ID: 220D01, 220D02 and 220D03) Setting item Range Contents...
Page 520
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of CHK_VZ_CBP (Function ID: 221BC1) Setting item Range Contents Default setting value Notes --- / Serious error / Serious error(Comm) / CHK_VZ:Lvl Error level Minor error Minor error / Alarm / Warning CHK_VZ:Timer 10s – 60s Checking timer Setting of CHK_CTF_CBP (Function ID: 221EC1) Setting item Range...
Page 521
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of CHK_AD_CBP (Function ID: 22C101) Setting item Range Contents Default setting value Notes CHK_ACC:Sw Off / On Enable switch --- / Serious error / Serious error(Comm) / CHK_ ACC:Lvl Serious error Error level Minor error / Alarm/ Warning Setting of CHK_SA_CBP (Function ID: 22C301) Setting item Range...
Page 522
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) 9.2.33 Signal monitoring point CHK_ROMRAM (Function ID: 220101) Element ID Name Description 32FFFF1001 EXEC_CNT Executing counter 3210001001 RESULT Check result 3210011001 RES_INST Check result (instant) Signal monitoring point CHK_SUM (Function ID: 220201) Element ID Name Description 3210101001...
Page 523
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CHK_RAM (Function ID: 220601) Element ID Name Description 3210011001 RES_INST check result(instant) Signal monitoring point CHK_ECC (Function ID: 220602) Element ID Name Description 32FFFF1001 EXEC_CNT executing counter 3210001001 RESULT check result 3210011001 RES_INST check result(instant) ...
Page 524
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CHK_SETTING (Function ID: 221501) Element ID Name Description 32FFFF1001 EXEC_CNT executing counter 3210001001 RESULT check result 3210011001 RES_INST check result(instant) Signal monitoring point CHK_RTC (Function ID: 221701) Element ID Name Description 32E0001001 CHKPOINT Test point 32FFFF1001 EXEC_CNT...
Page 525
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CHK_LAN1/2/3 (Function ID: 220D01, 220D02, and 220D03) Element ID Name Description 32FFFF1001 EXEC_CNT executing counter 3210001001 RESULT check result 3210011001 RES_INST check result(instant) Signal monitoring point CHK_MRAM (Function ID: 220F01) Element ID Name Description 32E0001001 CHKPOINT...
Page 526
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CHK_CTF_CBP (Function ID: 221EC1) Element ID Name Description 32100011BF CCTFCNT executing counter 32100011B1 CCTFREI check result(instant) 32100011B0 CCTFRES check result Signal monitoring point CHK_CB_CBP (Function ID: 2220C1) Element ID Name Description 32100011BF CCBCNT executing counter 32100011B1 CCBREI...
Page 527
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CHK_AD_CBP (Function ID: 22C101) Element ID Name Description 32FFFF1001 EXEC_CNT executing counter 3210001001 RESULT check result 3210021001 RES_FAST check result(fast) 3210011001 RES_INST check result(instant) Signal monitoring point CHK_SA_CBP (Function ID: 22C301) Element ID Name Description 32010111B0...
Page 528
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10 Communication protocol Contents Pages Pages IEC 60870-5-103 operation – LAN operation – -Interface -IP address -Interoperability -Hot standby operation -Operation -PRP/HSR operation -RSTP operation IEC 61850 operation -Monitoring (Hot standby) -About protocol -Monitoring (PRP/HSR) -Communication service -Engineering work Modbus communication -Goose monitoring status Application interface...
Page 529
6F2S1931 (0.20) Selection of slave protocol Ethernet modules are provided for the IEC61850 and other communication†, and an serial module‡ will be provided optionally for the Modbus RTU or IEC60870-5-103 slave communication. Figure 10.1-1 illustrates the IED has IEC61850, IEC103 and Modbus, and the user can select one of three using SLAVE PROTOCOL setting of Communication sub-menu.
Page 530
6F2S1931 (0.20) LAN operation LAN address (IP address) 10.2.1 When LAN module(s) are provided, the IED can communicate using the “Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)”. The user can set the information about IP addresses and other TCP/IP. Table 10.2-1 shows the setting items provided for the LAN†. These setting values have been included in the CID file of the IEC61850.
Page 531
6F2S1931 (0.20) record, subscript ‘1’ of “IPADDRESS1, SUBNETMASK1, and GATEWAY1” is for first LAN module.) §Note: LAN for Local PC at C13 is just provided for PC engineering tools (i.e., GR- TEIMS, PLC editor). Notice that the LAN at C13 is not designed for the network such as IEC61850, Hot-standby, IEC62439-3(PRP) etc.
Page 532
6F2S1931 (0.20) set Port2(i.e., Port B) for the [PrimaryPort]. If the user wishes not to select the primary port, set None for the [PrimaryPort]. Llink-down timer (iii) As mentioned earlier, the occurrence of a communication failure is determined when the timer exceeds the setting [DownTime].
Page 533
6F2S1931 (0.20) carried out during a value is setting for the [DownTime]. The user should consider the setting approach for [UpTime] in the same manner as when setting [DownTime]. The auto-negotiation function is executed when the 100Base-TX modules establish communication over the communications network. The auto-negotiation function selects a mode for communication;...
Page 534
6F2S1931 (0.20) Status signals for Port A and Port B: The user can also examine the LAN status using PLC signal monitoring points ‘Port1_Link (3100061001)’ and ‘Port2_Link (3100061001)’ of the HOTST function. For example, when the user wishes to monitor the status of the Prot1_Link, use the ‘Port1_Link’.
Page 535
6F2S1931 (0.20) same IP address. The user can set the number of responses required to determine the “no-response” condition using the setting [Chk_Count]. The user should note that the use of network monitoring could increase the burden on the network. This is because a number of PING packets are repeatedly transmitted over the network.
Page 536
6F2S1931 (0.20) Local IED Remote device with Ping_IP1 address Ping_Wait Ping_Interval Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP1. : 1sec : 5sec OK: Response received Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP1. 1sec 5sec NG: due to delayed response Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP1. 1sec 5sec NG: due to no response...
Page 537
6F2S1931 (0.20) Device with Ping_IP3 Device with Ping_IP2 Device with Ping_IP1 Ping_Wait Ping_Interval Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP1. : 5sec : 10sec OK: Response received Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP2. 5sec 10sec OK: Response received Sending Ping Packet for Ping_IP3. 5sec 10sec NG: due to no response...
Page 538
6F2S1931 (0.20) IP setting example [RedundantMode]=Hot_standby (vii) When Hot_standby is set for the setting [RedundantMode], the user can apply single IP address in the IED. The table shows that Port A and B have the same IP address. Table 10.2-4 Default IP address for Hot standby operation GR-TIEMS®...
Page 539
Substation computer Operator workstation Data Port A Port B Destination RedBox‡ A-Frame LAN_A B-Frame LAN_B TOSHIBA IN SER VICE ER R OR RedBox‡ Tx Rx Tx Rx Port A Port B TOSHIBA IN SER VICE LAN module LAN module ER R OR...
Page 540
6F2S1931 (0.20) Source Destination TOSHIBA IED1 Substation Computer IN SE R VICE Operator Workstation E R R OR Data Data Data Port B Port A Port B Port A Port B Port A Help ENTER Cancel B-Frame B-Frame A-Frame A-Frame...
Page 541
6F2S1931 (0.20) time after the entry removed from the duplicate table. The setting value also should be taken account of the differences of the communication speeds between LANs. Supervision (iv) The communication supervisor function is available in PRP and HSR. The user can have following settings: Setting [LineCheckInterval]: is the setting of the interval time to send supervision frames cyclically.
Page 542
6F2S1931 (0.20) IP setting example [RedundantMode] =PRP or HSR (vi) When PRP or HSR is set for the setting [RedundantMode], the user can apply single IP address in the IED. The table shows that Port A and B have the same IP address. Table 10.2-6 Default IP address for PRP or HSR GR-TIEMS®...
Page 543
6F2S1931 (0.20) Redundant LAN (RSTP operation) 10.2.4 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), defined in the IEEE 802.1D, is ready to operate in the IED, when the user set RSTP for scheme switch [RedundantMode]. Overview ‘Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)’ is designed to achieve LAN bridge connections in stable. The RSTP choose one of bridges as the root and BPDU data (called ‘Bridge Protocol Data Unit) is exchanged periodically over RPST network.
Page 544
6F2S1931 (0.20) Settings [PortA_AdminEdge] and [PortA_AutoEdge] †: are provided for a port, which is able to operate as ‘Edge’. Edge will not be joined for the spanning tree computation, so Edge port is able to have the communication immediately when the LAN connection is started (link-up;...
Page 545
6F2S1931 (0.20) Settings 10.2.5 Setting of TCPIP_DRV (Function ID: 230201) Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value IPADDRESS1 0 – 255 – First IP address 192.168. 1. 11 LAN1 SUBNETMASK1 0 – 255 – Subnet mask 255.255.255. 0 (Port A) GATEWAY1 0 –...
Page 546
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of HOTST(Function ID: 341001) Setting item Range Units Contents Default setting value Notes UpTime 0 – 10000 Determination time for link-up Setting of Net_MONITOR (Function ID: 351001) Setting item Range Units Contents Default setting value Notes NetMonitor_EN Off / On –...
Page 547
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signals (DataID) 10.2.6 Signal monitoring points TCPIP_DRV (Function ID: 230201) Element ID Name Description 3130001001 CH1_USING Port A is operating 3130011001 CH2_USING Port B is operating 3010001150 MAC1_OCT1 MAC1 address octet 1 3010001151 MAC1_OCT2 MAC1 address octet 2 3010001152 MAC1_OCT3 MAC1 address octet 3...
Page 548
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring points PRP_HSR (Function ID: 342001) Element ID Name Description 3211061001 PortA_Recv frames received over Port A(only HSR tagged or with PRP RCT) 3211071001 PortB_Recv frames received over Port B(only HSR tagged or with PRP RCT) Signal monitoring points ...
Page 549
Data IDs with the required LNs using the engineering tool (GR-TIEMS) provided Engineering tool by Toshiba. For the GR-TIEMS, see Chapter ‡Note: Before using the IEC 61850 communications feature provided within the IED, the user should verify its IEC 61850 capability by reviewing both the protocol-...
Page 550
6F2S1931 (0.20) conformance-statement (MICS). The MICS provides the user with information for the LNs provided within the IED; the PICS provides the user with information to enable the IED to communicate with both SAS and other devices. See Appendix:IEC61850 MICS, PICS, PIXIT and TICS .
Page 551
6F2S1931 (0.20) About protocol 10.3.1 The IED dynamically generates Logical Nodes, Data sets and control blocks defined in CID file upon boot-up. We shall discuss the configuration procedure to set the data in CID files later. For the IEC 61850 communication, the IED consists of multiple logical devices and logical nodes.
Page 552
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 10.3-2 Function groups in 61850 Examples of IED applications Logical Functions grouped in to provide protection/control node Communication methods 61850 functions for the power defined in serviced in 61850 system 61850 Overvoltage relay (OV) PTOV Buffered Report Overcurrent relay (OC) PTOC Buffered Report...
Page 553
6F2S1931 (0.20) Legacy IEC61850 (i.e., 61850 Editon1) It is early edition for the IEC61850 standard. This edition is bundled in all 61850 software. 61850 Edition1 with option (ii) When the IED has the IEC61850 Edition1 with Option, the IED can have private object, which can handle DataUpdate Trigger.
Page 554
6F2S1931 (0.20) Communication service 10.3.2 All essential data transmission methods are summarized in Abstract communication service interface (ACSI); the IED application from communication stack is separated by the ACSI. The user can map an interface to a communication stack using Specific communication service mapping (SCSM).
Page 555
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 10.3-4 Data structures in the GOOSE Logical Device Category “System” Other Logical device (e.g., “Relay”) Data Model System Relay DataSet “GOOSEDS” LLN0 GGIO1 Ind1..16 GoCB LLN0 LPHD1 GoCB PTRC The DataSet “GOOSEDS” is fixed …. LPHD1 GGIO Data set Fixed (Not configurable) Configurable...
Page 556
6F2S1931 (0.20) Manufacturing Message Specification (MMS) (vii) MMS is an application layer protocol that provides data transmission between IEDs, which performs monitoring and controlling; it can provide reliability for the data transmission. The MMS operates in the international standardized messaging system that are made of TCP/IP and Ethernet.
Page 557
6F2S1931 (0.20) How to manage engineering work 10.3.3 An IED can have multiple logical devices, which represents protection and control functions. Each logical device has Logical Nodes (LN), Datasets, Report Control Block (RCB), GOOSE Control Block (GCB), GOOSE Publish and GOOSE Subscribe function. Figure 10.3-4 illustrates the data structure in the IED.
Page 558
6F2S1931 (0.20) Connect PC to IED via LAN or USB Start GR-TIEMS engineering tool Add Substation, Voltage level, Bay and IED to the project tree (→cf. sec. 10.3.3(i)) Select an IED to manage IEC61850 configuration file (→cf. sec. 10.3.3(i)) Choose a required 61850 edition from the pull-down list (→cf.
Page 559
6F2S1931 (0.20) Creating and opening project Creation of project file If the user has an existing project, it can be found in user’s project folder. If the user does not have the project, create a new project. Figure 10.3-6 shows how to open an existing project or create a new project.
Page 560
6F2S1931 (0.20) Choice of 61850 edition number (ii) Select IEC 61850 tool from the menu of Configuration tool, as shown in Figure 10.3-8. When the user can see the edition list†, select a required one from the list‡. Then, the user can see the edition number at the header on IEC61850 tool screen, or the bottom of the GR-TIEMS main screen.
Page 561
6F2S1931 (0.20) Check to see that four engineering screens are appeared: Logical Node Screen Signal List Screen GOOSE Publish Screen GOOSE Subscribe Screen Figure 10.3-9 IEC 61850 screens Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 547 -...
Page 562
6F2S1931 (0.20) IEC 61850 configuration files (iii) Substation configuration language (SCL) files are generated by the configuration in the IEC 61850 protocol. The SCL files are used to exchange the configuration data in different manufacture tools. Two types of files are used for exchanging data in Table 10.3-5. Table 10.3-5 Types of SCL files SCL file Description...
Page 563
6F2S1931 (0.20) should check whether the required signals are mapped in the default configuration. *Note: There is no default configuration for GOOSE subscription. If GOOSE subscribe function is required, then a new configuration has to be done. To verify the signals configured for the IEC 61850 protocol, the user should check the mapped data, Dataset or Report Control list.
Page 564
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 10.3-12 DataSet list As shown in the above figure, “Prot/EF_PTOC1$Str1, general” is already mapped in the Dataset “STAT1”. 3. To check, if the DataSet is already assigned to RCB, Right click on “LLN0” and select Edit Report Control, then Report Control List screen appears as shown in Figure 10.3-13 Figure 10.3-13 Report Control List As shown in the above figure, the DataSet “STAT1”...
Page 565
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mapping signals in signal list to Logical Nodes (iv) The user can add or modify signal mapping to the LN variable. The following section describes how to modify the mapped data if the user wants to add signals, which are sent using Report or GOOSE.
Page 566
6F2S1931 (0.20) Edit Logical Node If the required LN or variable is not available in the IED, the user should follow the steps below to add or modify the Logical Node: 1. To add new LN or to edit the variable of an existing LN, Right click Prot and select Add Logical Node or select Edit Logical Node.
Page 567
6F2S1931 (0.20) Edit DataSet Dataset can be edited or a new dataset can be added for the LNs as shown in Figure 10.3-17. For editing the DataSet, follow the steps below: 1. Right click LLNO and select Edit DataSet, DataSet List window appears as shown in Figure 10.3-17.
Page 568
6F2S1931 (0.20) Edit Report Control Block (RCB) Report Control Block (RCB) is used to send report from IEDs to client. If the user wishes to assign the DataSet to Report Control Block, follow the steps below: 1. Under the LN tree structure, select Prot, Right click LLN0 and select Edit Report Control.
Page 569
6F2S1931 (0.20) Edit GOOSE Control Block GOOSE control block is used to exchange information between IEDs. GOOSE messages are used for interlock operation between IEDs in order to protect the electrical system. GGIO1 is used for sending high-speed GOOSE messages. The DataID assigned to GGIO1 is sent within 3ms.
Page 570
6F2S1931 (0.20) Edit GOOSE Publish The signals assigned to GGIO1 variables are published automatically by default. The GGIO1 data set is fixed and is pre-configured in GOOSE Publish screen. If the user assign signals to other GGIO variables (for example, GGIO2, GGIO3) for GOOSE publish operation, then the user needs to add those variables in the GOOSE Publish screen.
Page 571
6F2S1931 (0.20) Edit GOOSE subscribe GOOSE subscribe function is configured to receive GOOSE messages published by other IEDs. Figure 10.3-21 exemplifies the GOOSE Subscribe screen; the user can select the necessary signals to be added. For example, “Bay1 GBU200” is the current IED;...
Page 572
6F2S1931 (0.20) For example, to let a device execute “Select”, “Operate” and “Cancel” commands from the sever through “CSWI4” and transmit the information to an IED, the user should map an input point (Data ID) to several variables of “CSWI4” (See Figure 10.3-22).
Page 573
6F2S1931 (0.20) Writing the configuration file to IED When the user has completed editing the configuration files, the user can write the IEC61850 configuration files, as shown in Figure 10.3-23 Write to IED Follow the below steps to write the file in the IED. Save the current project in the PC.
Page 574
6F2S1931 (0.20) Set communication parameters, if needed. Figure 10.3-25 Communication parameter settings Confirm the edition number written in the IED. Note: The user can check the edition number through on the LCD screen. Therefore, the user should confirm the edition number written in the IED too. See sec. 10.3.3(vi) to show the LCD screen.
Page 575
6F2S1931 (0.20) Confirmation of the edition number of IEC61850 (vi) Figure 10.3-26 shows how to confirm the edition number, if the IED is supporting several editions of IEC61850. The user can also confirm the version, when the IED is running in IEC61850 configuration file.
Page 576
‘CommTerm’ signal† will not conform to the IEC 61850 standard when the user turns on this function. That is, this function can be availed on the server communication provided by TOSHIBA. †Note: For example, Figure 10.3-27 shows the signal flow between a substation computer (SC), an IED and a target device (e.g.
Page 577
6F2S1931 (0.20) provided by Toshiba is able to accept the actual operation time; hence, the setting ‘CommTerm’ is required in the Toshiba communication. The user should also note that Off is set for the scheme switch [TCMD] as the default setting.
Page 578
6F2S1931 (0.20) communication packets will not be received from the remote terminal. In order to avoid the influence, we recommend the user to test bad receptions for a particular IED using the GOSUBBLK function. As a result, testing will only affect the particular IED under test i.e.
Page 579
6F2S1931 (0.20) Quality signal of IEC 61850 communication 10.3.7 Quality information and its attributes are defined in the IEC 61850. Table 10.3-6 shows that the relations between the definitions in the standard and signals prepared in the IED. The quality attributes are influenced by the errors and alarms occurred in the IED, and the degree Automatic supervision of those errors are standardized by settings ‘Error level’...
Page 580
6F2S1931 (0.20) U16_00 PLC U16_00 signal (a default signal: No. 230302 3112001BB0) being originally prepared for general purpose is reserved for one of the quality signal, and it is designed for such as MMXU or MSQI—IEC 61850 measurement logical nodes. The behaviors of U16_00 is configured in the PLC function as default logic.
Page 581
6F2S1931 (0.20) Note: As signals concentrating error and/or alarm is not used, the validity of U16_00 signal will not be affected by the occurrences of severe errors except the errors and failures of analog data. Thus, that attribute is keeping ‘good (i.e., it is 0000000000000)’...
Page 582
6F2S1931 (0.20) Both of Figure 10.3-30 and Figure 10.3-31 show a default PLC logic for quality signal (U16_00). The PLC logic is combined with blocks A to E. As default, the block A contains different functions—such as Id and CT errors, etc.—for each software model. Table 10.3-8 shows the combination of each software: ...
Page 583
6F2S1931 (0.20) To shift a failure bit 11 times in the left ○ To align data bits ○ Collection of Serious error signal ○ Collection of Minor error signal ○ Collection of Test mode signal ○ To shift an inaccurate bit 6 times in the left ...
Page 586
6F2S1931 (0.20) U16_01 signal (ii) PLC U16_01 signal (Signal No. 230302 3112011BB0) being originally prepared for general purpose is also reserved for expressing the other quality information for possible general purpose. It is configured in the PLC function, but its default signal has not been mapped for IEC61850 LNs (that is, it is mapped for LNs depending when it is required).
Page 587
6F2S1931 (0.20) Qual_validity (iii) Qual_validity (61850 signal: No. 301001 3110041005) is a signal provided for a common quality information. It can be useful if some ‘q’ attributes (it’s defined in Quality type) should belong to a common quality. Both severe and non-severe errors are included; therefore, that signal value will be changed whenever errors (including alarm and warning incidents) are detected.
Page 588
6F2S1931 (0.20) Goose monitoring status in 61850 communication 10.3.8 IEDs are able to monitor the communication using GOOSE packets, which other IEDs have sent their information via the network. If the IED can receive the GOOSE packets, the IED can display them on the information list. Figure 10.3-34 illustrates an example of the GOOSE monitoring list;...
Page 589
Feature of IEC61850 Edition1 option 10.3.9 The IED can have Private logical nodes, which are provided in Editon1_option, which are designed in Toshiba private specification exclusively. The user can select and add the following Data object: Table 10.3-12 LD class in Editon1 option...
Page 590
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10.3.10 Setting Setting of 61850(Function ID: 301001) Unit Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value GOINT 1 to 120 sec. Maximum GOOSE resend interval 850BLK Off/On IEC 61850 enable/disable 850AUT Off/On Authentication of IEC 61850 association 850KEEPALIVE 1 to 120 sec.
Page 591
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10.3.11 Signal (Data ID) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Edition 2) 61850 (Function ID: 301001) Description Element ID Name 0010001001 61850STAT Status of IEC 61850(T:Running, F:Stop) 3100001440 INCOMINGPKT#0 Incoming packet number from IEC 61850 client#0 3100011440 INCOMINGPKT#1 Incoming packet number from IEC 61850 client#1 3100021440...
Page 592
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 3100101001 SUB_QUAL#16 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100111001 SUB_QUAL#17 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100121001 SUB_QUAL#18 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100131001 SUB_QUAL#19 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 593
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 31003A1001 SUB_QUAL#58 GOOSE subscription quality status 31003B1001 SUB_QUAL#59 GOOSE subscription quality status 31003C1001 SUB_QUAL#60 GOOSE subscription quality status 31003D1001 SUB_QUAL#61 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 594
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 3100641001 SUB_QUAL#100 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100651001 SUB_QUAL#101 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100661001 SUB_QUAL#102 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100671001 SUB_QUAL#103 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 595
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 31008E1001 SUB_QUAL#142 GOOSE subscription quality status 31008F1001 SUB_QUAL#143 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100901001 SUB_QUAL#144 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100911001 SUB_QUAL#145 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 596
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 3100B81001 SUB_QUAL#184 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100B91001 SUB_QUAL#185 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100BA1001 SUB_QUAL#186 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100BB1001 SUB_QUAL#187 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 597
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 3100E21001 SUB_QUAL#226 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100E31001 SUB_QUAL#227 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100E41001 SUB_QUAL#228 GOOSE subscription quality status 3100E51001 SUB_QUAL#229 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 598
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 31010C1001 SUB_QUAL#268 GOOSE subscription quality status 31010D1001 SUB_QUAL#269 GOOSE subscription quality status 31010E1001 SUB_QUAL#270 GOOSE subscription quality status 31010F1001 SUB_QUAL#271 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 599
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring point (for Edition 1 and Editon2) GOOSE (Function ID: 301101) Note: The GR-TIEMS cannot display SUB_QUAL# signals Description Element ID Name 3101361001 SUB_QUAL#310 GOOSE subscription quality status 3101371001 SUB_QUAL#311 GOOSE subscription quality status 3101381001 SUB_QUAL#312 GOOSE subscription quality status 3101391001 SUB_QUAL#313 GOOSE subscription quality status...
Page 607
6F2S1931 (0.20) IEC 60870-5-103 communication The IEC 60870-5-103 standard† is one of the communication protocols when measuring data is required to communicate between the control system and the IED; the communication is carried out with the RS485 or the Fiber optic interface‡. The following data are transferred by the IEC 60870-5-103 communication;...
Page 608
6F2S1931 (0.20) Overview 10.4.1 For the communication in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard, the user should create the data with regard the protocol, which is grouped into a slave and a master. The user can edit the slave Data or the master Data using the GR-TIEMS. Management As cited earlier, the IEC 60870-5-103 standard is grouped into the slave and the master.
Page 609
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 10.4-1 Configuration items in IEC 60870-5-103 Items Contents Type ID(1/2), INF, FUN, Time-tagged message Transmission condition(Data ID), COT INF, FUN, Transmission condition(Data ID), Time-tagged measurands COT, Type of measurands quantities General command INF, FUN, Control condition(Data ID) Type ID(3/9), INF, FUN, Number of measurands, Measurands Type of measurands quantities...
Page 610
6F2S1931 (0.20) Requirements in the Master station 10.4.2 In the master station of the IEC 60870-5-103 standard, the following specifications should be followed in the respective IEDs: Polling cycle: 150ms or longer Timeout time (time to re-sending the request frame to the IED): 100ms IEC103 master Data request Polling cycle:...
Page 611
6F2S1931 (0.20) Interoperability 10.4.3 The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol provides a physical layer and an application layer for the communication to secure the interoperability. Physical layer Either an electrical or an optical interface† is defined in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard. Electrical interface in the RS-485 A maximum number of 32 relays is possible in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard.
Page 612
6F2S1931 (0.20) Communication interface in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard 10.4.4 Spontaneous events When events are generated in the IED, they are transferred to the master station. The event transferred is grouped into the Function-type (FUN) and the Information numbers (INF). General interrogation (ii) “GI request”...
Page 613
6F2S1931 (0.20) Editing data of the configuration 10.4.5 Common setting When the “Common setting” item is selected on the start screen of the IEC 60870-5-103 configuration, the “Common setting” setting screen is displayed. Settings common to each frame can be performed in this screen. Setting file remark The remark of the setting file is used for managing the version of the configuration data file.
Page 614
6F2S1931 (0.20) Function type of system functions This setting is used to set Function type (FUN) of System functions† (INF=0 to 5). The FUN can be set individually per the frame provided. When clicking the “Change all FUNs”, confirmation dialog box appears. When clicking “OK”, FUNs of all frames are changed to these setting values.
Page 615
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of time-tagged messages (ii) In Time-tagged message frame in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard, event information and status information are responded for Class 1 request from the upper system (station). The GR-series relay can provide event information and status information by Time-tagged message frame about the signal assigned to a Data ID of the signal list.
Page 616
6F2S1931 (0.20) Item Value Oct. Remarks Common address of ASDU Linked with Address 1-254 setting Function type (FUN) 0-255 Customized by GR-TIEMS Information number (INF) 0-255 Customized by GR-TIEMS Double point information (DPI) -/(0)/1/2/(3)/DP Customized by GR-TIEMS Millisecond (low) 0-59999 Millisecond (high) Minutes + Invalid flag (MSB) 0-59+80H...
Page 617
6F2S1931 (0.20) relay. If the setting value (signal No.) is “0”, all setting items related events are disable and the frame is not provided. †Note: A relevant Data ID is required to select; the description is obtained automatically. Type ID Type ID=1 (Time-tagged message) or Type ID=2 (Time-tagged message with relative time) is selected to set the frame type.
Page 618
6F2S1931 (0.20) not used not used not used not used not used not used not used Generic function type Global function type DPI/Off, DPI/On Double-point information (DPI) is set using the menu as follows: DPI/Off: The frame is transmitted when the DPI/Sig.No. signal is OFF. DPI/On: The frame is transmitted when the DPI/Sig.No.
Page 619
6F2S1931 (0.20) specified COT regardless of cause of transmission. (3) If COT=9 is specified, the frame become the object of GI and is sent back when the GI request frame is received. Time-tagged message is sent back in order of No. instead of order of INF.
Page 620
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting for time-tagged measurands (iii) For Time-tagged measurand frame in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard, event information supplemented with numerical information are responded for Class 1 request from upper system (station). The GR200-series relay can provide event information, which is converted the numerical information in metering table according to user setting weight, by using Time-tagged measurand frame about the signal assigned (i.e., the Data ID).
Page 621
6F2S1931 (0.20) Oct. Item Value Remarks Function type (FUN) 0-255 Customized by GR-TIEMS Information number (INF) 0-255 Customized by GR-TIEMS Short-circuit location (SCL) Customized by GR-TIEMS Trigger condition to calculate RET is Relative time (RET) 0-65535 customized by GR-TIEMS. Trigger condition of FAN increment is Fault number (FAN) 0-65535 customized by GR-TIEMS.
Page 622
6F2S1931 (0.20) Function type (FUN) is set referring to the Table 10.4-4. The FUN can be set to 0 to 255. When clicking the “Change all FUNs” on the Common setting screen, all FUNs are changed to the setting values at Common setting. Cause of Transmission (COT) of the frame is set.
Page 623
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting for General commands (iv) Using General command frame in the IEC 60870-5-103 standard, relay applications can be performed by the remote control. For the GR200-series relay, a Data ID in the signal list is controlled when receiving general command frame. When the “General command”...
Page 624
6F2S1931 (0.20) Primary Secondary station station General Command Class 1 Command ACK/NACK Figure 10.4-8 Command receiving sequence In the transmission format of General command (Type ID=20), customized items are shown in Table 10.4-10. Table 10.4-10 General command (Type ID=20) Oct. Item Value Remarks...
Page 625
6F2S1931 (0.20) Oct. Item Value Remarks Start Control field 08H+ACD+ Address 1-254 Setting from the relay Type identification (Type ID) Customized by GR-TIEMS Variable structure qualifier Cause of transmission (COT) 20/21 Customized by GR-TIEMS Common address of ASDU 1-254 Linked with Address setting Function type (FUN) 0-255 Customized by GR-TIEMS...
Page 626
6F2S1931 (0.20) Function type (FUN) applied to a command response frame is set referring to Table 10.4-13. The FUN can be set to 0 to 255. When clicking the “Change all FUNs” on the Common setting screen, all FUNs are changed to the setting values at Common setting. DCO/Sig Off Name, Signal Off Desc., DCO Signal On Name, Signal On Desc., Inverse “Sig off”...
Page 627
6F2S1931 (0.20) Valid time is used to set the time (ms) to control the command output signal. The command output signal is controlled based on the control scheme described in section 10.4.5(iv)-5 for the setting time after receiving General command, and is reset by communication side after the set time.
Page 628
6F2S1931 (0.20) from the command receiving. For example, when the DCO=On command is received under “Inverse” checked, Command ACK responds in case of “ACK Sig = NACK Sig = 1” after the timeout setting time. Table 10.4-16 Judgment Scheme of Command Response (ACK Sig = NACK Sig) “Inverse”...
Page 629
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting of Measurands In Measurand frame of the IEC 60870-5-103 standard, numerical information such as power system quantities are responded for Class 2 cyclic request from upper system (station). The GR200-series relay can provide numerical information, which is converted the numerical information in metering table according to user setting weight.
Page 630
6F2S1931 (0.20) In the transmission format of Measurand I (Type ID=3) and Measurand II (Type ID=9), customized items are shown in Table 10.4-17. Table 10.4-17 Measurand I/Measurand II (Type ID=3/9) Oct. Item Value Remarks Start Length 8+2N Length 8+2N Start 08H+ACD+ Control field Address...
Page 631
6F2S1931 (0.20) Name Any comment with maximum eight characters can be entered. This setting does not affect the function in the IEC 60870-5-103 communication. Measurement Name/Measurement Description The Data ID corresponding to a measurand is required to select. Lower Limit/Upper Limit The established condition of IV flag is set per MEA.
Page 632
6F2S1931 (0.20) Protocol selection 10.4.6 As shown in the setting menu for the Communication (Figure 10.4-11), the user should set IEC103 for the [Slave Protocol] so that the communication in the IEC60870-5-103 standard is carried out in the IED. Note that the restarting the IED (i.e., resetting the IED power) is required after the user turns to the IEC60870-5-103 protocol.
Page 633
6F2S1931 (0.20) Tips for settings 10.4.7 During the GR-TIEMS operation, we recommend the user to choose an appropriate file-name for the setting-file. That is, for example, when the user creates the setting file for an IED at the first time, the user is required to make it with the name “IED#1-model_01.map”. Likewise, the user can create the other setting file with the name “IED#2-model_01.map”...
Page 634
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting 10.4.8 Setting of 103_SLAVE (Function ID: 304001) Unit Default setting Setting item Range Contents Notes value 103ADDR 0 to 254 Slave address 103TST Off/On – IEC 60780-5-103 test mode 103BLK Off/On – IEC 60780-5-103 slave block Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 620 -...
Page 635
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal (Data ID) 10.4.9 Monitoring point 103_SLAVE (Function ID: 304001) Description Element ID Name 3100011001 103SLV STAT 103SLV STATUS 8020011001 AG1STAT Active Group 1 status 8120021001 AG2STAT Active Group 2 status 8220031001 AG3STAT Active Group 3 status 8320041001 AG4STAT Active Group 4 status...
Page 636
6F2S1931 (0.20) Modbus communication About protocol 10.5.1 Modbus is the communication protocol for controlling programmable logic controllers, which were standardized for industrial electrical devices. That Modbus protocol allows connecting devices to the supervisory device over the same network. The communication is carried out with query and response messages, and the messages include an address, a function code.
Page 637
6F2S1931 (0.20) Substation computer (Master) (Slave) Users assigns a Modbus Address and a signal (Data ID). Master query Request 00001 with FC=0x01 Modbus Address Signal (Data ID) 00001 440082 800000001 00002 440082 800000002 Slave response 00003 440082 800000003 Response 00001 with FC=0x01 00004 440082 800000004 00005...
Page 638
6F2S1931 (0.20) Communication SLAVE PROTOCOL SLAVE PROTOCOL 10:48 10:48 10:48 > Slave Protocol IEC61850† USBCOM > Modbus IEC103† RS485 > DNP3.0† SLAVE PROTOCOL > Modbus IEC61850 > IEC103 SLV > MODBUS > Figure 10.5-3 Selection of Modbus on the Commination setting menu Note;...
Page 639
6F2S1931 (0.20) Modbus serial (Modbus RTU) 10.5.4 The serial port (RS-485 module) is provided for the Modbus RTU. The user can set Modbus- RTU in the IED when the setting [MODBUS_SELECT] = Serial. Communication MODBUS 10:48 10:48 > MODBUS_BLK USBCOM >...
Page 640
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 10.5-7 Message frame over Data link Address field of IED device: The IEDs’ identifiers are set by setting [MODBUS_ADDR]. They have to be a unique number. Each can be selected among 1 - 247. The [MODBUS_ADDR] has a default setting address (see section 10.5.10). Function code field: It is a query/response command code and is transferred over the network.
Page 641
6F2S1931 (0.20) Modbus TCP 10.5.5 The Modbus TCP can support the communication over the Ethernet. The Ethernet provides the Modbus TCP (see Figure 10.5-1). TCP and IP layers detect errors over the Ethernet, so the error check one is omitted here. The Modbus TCP will be set when the setting [MODBUS_SELECT] = TCP.
Page 642
6F2S1931 (0.20) TCP/IP frame (ii) Over the TCP/IP network, the MBAP generates the function code field and data field, as shown in Figure 10.5-10. Address field of IED: The TCP/IP frame includes the IP header, so the address of the IED is identified with the IP address.
Page 643
6F2S1931 (0.20) Modbus model 10.5.6 Modbus data and its corresponding structure are shown in the below. It illustrates IED (slave) hardware and applications are monitored by the substation computer (master). Application model A practical model is shows in Figure 10.5-11. An IED is installed by a transmission line; The substation computer is connected with the IED by the network.
Page 644
6F2S1931 (0.20) Modbus functions 10.5.7 Standard The functions of the Modbus model are divided into four types: [1] Coil, [2] Discrete input, [3] Input Register, and [4] Holding resister. Each function type is designed to read/write the IED signal† (memory in slave) from the substation computer request (i.e., master query). Table 10.5-2FC types and addresses in the IED Function types Data type (bits length)
Page 645
6F2S1931 (0.20) computer (slave) can access IED signals (e.g., the master can set On/Off/On/On[1011] in the slave Modbus addresses [00003~00006] by a FC(0x0F) query) [Type2] Discrete input (Function code: 0x02) The Discrete input type is just provided to read an IED signal. The default mapping—provided by the manufacture—is managed in order that the application signals are transferred to the substation computer.
Page 646
This is designed for that an IED can return its own product information. GR200-series IED supports the product information in Table 10.5-5. Table 10.5-5 Encapsulated Interface Transport Type and Object Object Type Name Description 0(0x00) Vendor Name “TOSHIBA” 1(0x01) Product Code Hardware ordering code (Basic) 2(0x02) Major Minor Revision “00” 4(0x04)
Page 647
6F2S1931 (0.20) How to manage Modbus data file 10.5.8 The user can map IED signals for Modbus addresses using the GR-TIEMS. The mapping data (i.e., Modbus configuration file), which is generated in the user’s PC by the GR-TIMES, can be transferred for the IED, when the user has completed the IED engineering work.
Page 648
6F2S1931 (0.20) Creation of a project in GR-TIEMS If the user does not have a project, a new one has to be created in the GR-TIEMS. Figure 10.5-15 shows how to open it or create a new one. Figure 10.5-16 illustrates new IED has been added on the project tree.
Page 649
6F2S1931 (0.20) Saving mapping data in PC (ii) When the user configured user’s own data, the user can save it separately. Click File menu and select Export CSV…, and the GR-TIMES saves the data file in CSV format. Saving the data can also be carried out when the CSV icon is clicked. CSV icon File menu Modbus mapping data saved in CSV file...
Page 650
6F2S1931 (0.20) Reading Modbus data from IED (iv) When the Modbus data—was already created and written in the IED—is required read (import) in the GR-TIMES, select “Read from IED” menu, as shown in Figure 10.5-19. Read from IED Modbus data reading ...
Page 651
6F2S1931 (0.20) How to map IED signals to Modbus addresses 10.5.9 The Figure 10.5-12 is illustrated in order that an IED signal was connected for a Modbus address, so the user has to map a Data ID for a Modbus address on the Modbus slave screen; the operation the drag &...
Page 652
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Type1] Mapping about Coil type Figure 10.5-22 illustrates a mapping example for the Modbus Coil. In the figure, signals (Data IDs) of the OC function are mapped for the Modbus address (00002). The signal list screen allows the user chose signals on (Dragged); and then, the user can release them on the Modbus Address screen (Dropped).
Page 653
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Type2] Mapping about Discrete input type Figure 10.5-23 illustrates a mapping example for the Modbus Discrete input. In the figure, a signal (Data ID) of the OC function are mapped for the Modbus address (012001) Modbus screen in Simple mode The Discrete input type is Read-Only mode.
Page 654
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Type3] Mapping about Input register type Figure 10.5-24 illustrates a mapping example for the Modbus Input register. In the figure, a signal (Data ID) of the TCPIP_DRV function are mapped for the Modbus address (10000). Modbus screen in Simple mode The Input register type is Read-Only mode.
Page 655
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Type4] Mapping about Holding register type Figure 10.5-25 illustrates an example mapping for the Modbus Holding register. In the figure, two independent signals are mapped for the Modbus address (18000) Modbus screen in Simple mode The Holding register type is R/W mode. Modbus address: 18000 Dropped Write Holding register...
Page 656
6F2S1931 (0.20) [A] Mapping signals about Exception status (Function code: 0x07) Figure 10.5-26 illustrates an example mapping for the Modbus Exception status. In the figure, signals of CB, DS, and TC failures are mapped for that Specific function code selected Read Exception Status selected Dropped Dragged...
Page 657
6F2S1931 (0.20) [B] Mapping signals about Diagnostic register (Function code: 0x08) Figure 10.5-27 illustrates an example mapping for the Modbus Diagnostic register. In the figure, a signal of CTF detected is mapped for that. Specific function code selected Return Diagnostics Register selected Dropped Dragged Figure 10.5-27 Example setting of Modbus Diagnostic resister...
Page 658
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10.5.10 Setting Modbus_Slave (Function ID: 303001) Default setting Setting item Range Contents Units Notes value MODBUS_BLK Off / On — Blocking the slave communication MODBUS_ADDR 1 – 247 — Slave address (for Modbus SERIAL) MODBUS_SELECT TCP / SERIAL —...
Page 659
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10.5.11 Signal (Data ID) Monitoring point MODBUS_SYNC (Function ID: 303201) Description Element ID Name 330000E450 MODBUS TimeVal Modbus Time value Monitoring point MODBUS_Slave (Function ID: 303001) Description Element ID Name 3100001001 Modbus Slave Status of Modbus Slave 3100011440 ReceivePackets The received number of Modbus packets...
Page 660
6F2S1931 (0.20) USB communication The IED front panel has an USB receptacle in a B-type to connect with a local PC for engineering. The user can select a transmission speed, which is shown below, by the operation of the setting menu, as shown in Figure 10.6-1. USBCOM 10:48 USBCOM_BRATE_SW +...
Page 661
6F2S1931 (0.20) RS485 communication When the IED has an RS485 module for the communication, the user can select and set its transmission and error check parity codes. Figure 10.7-1 shows the setting screen when the RS485 module (#1) operates. RS485 10:48 RS485_1_BRATE_SW 19.2kbps...
Page 662
6F2S1931 (0.20) 11 User interface Contents Pages Pages Outline Time sub-menu -Front panel -Clock -LCD screen -Time zone -LEDs -Time synchronization -Function Keys -Display format -Operation Keys -Summer time(DST) HMI operation Test sub-menu -General operation -Test screen -Main-menu and sub-menu -Test mode screen Record sub-menu -Test flag enabling screen...
Page 663
6F2S1931 (0.20) Outline Users can perform maintenance on the IED from the front panel. Monitoring is also possible locally by using a PC connected through the USB cable. This section discusses the configuration of the front panel and the basic configuration of the screen-menu hierarchy of the Human Machine Interface (HMI).
Page 664
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 11.1-1 LED labels and their color User configurable Label Color Remarks setting Lit up when the IED IN SERVICE Green is in service. Lit up when an error ERROR is occurred. ✔ TRIP Default ✔ ✔ TEST Yellow Default ✔...
Page 665
6F2S1931 (0.20) values is performed using these keys. The operation keys are tabulated in Table 11.1-3. Table 11.1-3 Features of operation keys Label Functions and Remarks Move the cursor up / Scroll up / Count up Move the cursor down / Scroll down / Count down Previous page / Move to the left digit.
Page 666
6F2S1931 (0.20) HMI operation By using the LCD screen, the operation keys and the function keys, the user can access functions such as recording, monitoring, relay setting and testing. Note: The operation of the LCD screen is more or less common in all IED models. However, the contents of the LCD screen depend upon the IED model.
Page 667
6F2S1931 (0.20) Main Menu 10:48 10:48 _Record > DIF-EN +> Monitoring > Setting > _DIF-IdSV-EN +> IO Setting > Time > Test > a. Main Menu b. Sub Menu Figure 11.2-1 LCD screen for Main-Menu and Sub-menu Figure 11.2-2 shows the menu hierarchy. The menu consists of a Main-Menu and several Sub-menus.
Page 668
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 11.2-1 Outline of Main-menu and their purposes Sub-menu Purpose and functions The "Record" sub-menu provides fault record, event record and disturbance record. The user can erase each record individually or can clear all records at Record the same time. The user can assign event records to three distributed “Event Record”...
Page 669
6F2S1931 (0.20) Record sub-menu The Record sub-menu is composed of several sub-menus: fault record, event record, disturbance record, and clearance of all records. In each sub-menu, the user can clear records separately. Record 10:48 _Fault Record > Event Record1 > Event Record2 >...
Page 670
6F2S1931 (0.20) Display fault record shows how to see the screen of fault record list and the details. Figure 11.3-3 1). Move cursor to the Fault Record menu and press ►. Record 10:48 _Fault Record > Event Record 1 > Event Record 2 >...
Page 671
6F2S1931 (0.20) Clear fault record shows the steps to clear the fault record list. Figure 11.3-4 1). Move cursor to the Fault Record menu and press ►. Record 10:48 _Fault Record > Event Record 1 > Event Record 2 > Event Record 3 >...
Page 672
6F2S1931 (0.20) Event Record (ii) The “Event Record” sub-menu provides three parts namely, “Event Record1”, “Event Record2” and “Event Record3”. In each Event Record sub-menu, the data and time, device name, and the operation of the device are displayed as shown in the example below. Event record1 10:48 2012-07-25...
Page 673
6F2S1931 (0.20) Clear of Event Records shows the steps to display and erase event records. To clear all records, refer to Figure 11.3-8 section (i)-3. 1). Move cursor to Event Record 1, 2, or 3 sub menu and press ►. Record 10:48 Fault Record...
Page 674
6F2S1931 (0.20) Disturbance Record (iii) Disturbance Records can be displayed graphically on the PC screen by using GR-TIEMS. The IED screen displays only the recorded date and times, which are stored in the IED as the entire disturbance data, as shown in the following example: Disturbance record 10:48 2012-07-25...
Page 675
6F2S1931 (0.20) Clear of Disturbance Records shows the steps to display and erase disturbance records. To clear all records, Figure 11.3-11 refer to section (i)-3. 1). Move cursor to Disturbance Record sub menu and press ►. Record 10:48 Fault Record >...
Page 676
6F2S1931 (0.20) Monitoring sub-menu “Monitoring” sub-menu is used to display the current status of the IED. The data is updated every second on the LCD screen. The user can view the following functions from the Monitoring sub-menu: Metering sub-menu Binary I/O sub-menu iii.
Page 677
6F2S1931 (0.20) Figure 11.4-3 shows the steps required to display the status of the binary inputs and outputs. Main Menu Monitoring Binary I/O 10:48 10:48 2/14 10:48 ► ► Record > Statistics > _Slot#1 > _Monitoring > Metering > Slot#2 >...
Page 678
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10:48 PortStatus > NetMonitor Inactive Figure 11.4-5 Display for LAN If the status of a port is “UP”, it means that the communication link is working; if the status of a port is “DOWN, it means that the LAN cable is not connected to the port.
Page 679
6F2S1931 (0.20) 61850STAT 10:48 255.255.255.255:0 255.255.255.255:0 255.255.255.255:0 255.255.255.255:0 255.255.255.255:0 255.255.255.255:0 Figure 11.4-7 Display of IEC61850 Modbus sub-menu: In case of MODBUS serial, the number of packets being sent and received packets are screened. In case of MODBUS TCP, the master's IP address and port number and the number of packets sent and received are screened.
Page 680
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10:48 1/25 OC1-A OC1-B OC1-C OC2-A OC2-B OC2-C Figure 11.4-9 Displaying Relay Elements Figure 11.4-10 shows the steps necessary to display the status of the measuring elements. Main Menu Main Menu Relay Element 10:48 10:48 10:48 ► ► Record >...
Page 681
6F2S1931 (0.20) Power Value sub-menu: With regard to statistics item, the name and its value are shown below. The user can also change the unit of each value by the setting . It is allowed to reset or revise the statistics value Power Value 10:48 0.0MWh...
Page 682
6F2S1931 (0.20) Counter 10:48 1/32 COUNT1 (No Assign) + COUNT2 (No Assign) + COUNT3 (No Assign) + Figure 11.4-13 Display for Counter sub-menu To change the counter number, follow the steps as shown in Figure 11.4-14. Main Menu Monitoring Statistics 10:48 2/10 10:48...
Page 683
6F2S1931 (0.20) Accumulated Time Accumulated Time 10:48 ACT_TIME Reset? CANCEL 234d 23h 39m ENTER=Yes CANCEL=No ENTER Figure 11.4-15 Display for Accumulated Time GOOSE monitoring (vi) The status of the GOOSE subscription information is shown for each record-unit, as shown in Figure 10.3-34.
Page 684
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting sub-menu "Setting" sub-menu is used to view and change settings for the following functions: Recording, Metering, Communication interface, Relay application, and Monitoring. In this section, we show the “Setting method for elements, switches, and list selection”, “Protection setting”, and others.
Page 686
6F2S1931 (0.20) displayed on two lines. 10:48 24/56 10:48 24/56 *OC1-VTFBlk _OC1-VTFBlk Block OC1-UseFor OC1-UseFor Trip Trip OC1-OPMD OC1-OPMD 3POR 3POR Before Changing Setting After Changing Setting Figure 11.5-3 Display Example of Switch Setting Mode To begin the setting process, press the key ENTER. Once the setting is changed, the [*] mark will appear alongside the name of the setting.
Page 687
6F2S1931 (0.20) setting-screen, the setting name and the selected item are displayed. Press the key ENTER to begin the setting process; the screen for selection list will appear. Once a setting has been changed, the [*] mark will appear alongside the name of the setting.
Page 688
6F2S1931 (0.20) Confirmation dialog in each sub-menu (ii) In “Setting” menu, a confirmation dialog #1 and #2 appears in the sub-menu and lower-level menu, as shown in Figure 11.5-7 Sub-menu Sub -menu Sub -menu Case2 Setting Record Metering Communication Protection Active Group :...
Page 689
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting Protection Group 1 10:48 10:48 3/10 10:48 Record > [►] Active group > Telecommunication > [►] Metering > Copy gr.(A->B) > *Trip > Communication > _Group 1 > Autoreclose > [◄] [◄] _Protection > Group 2 > Counter >...
Page 690
6F2S1931 (0.20) Main Menu Setting Communication 10:48 10:48 10:48 [►] [►] Record > Record > > Monitoring > Metering > _IEC61850† > _Setting > _Communication > IEC103† > [◄] [◄] IO Setting > Protection > Modbus† > Time > Counter >...
Page 691
6F2S1931 (0.20) On/Off function (iii) When the “Setting->Protection->Group (1 to 8)” sub-menu is displayed, the “On/OFF function” is used to hide some unnecessary settings. “On” indicates that the setting is enabled; the mark [>] will appear. More detail of the settings provided within the hierarchy are described later.
Page 692
6F2S1931 (0.20) operation of the power system. In the “Protection” sub-menu, the user can change the active group and can copy the group settings. Jump to the “Element Setting Menu” if a relay setting is required. Change active group: An example for changing the active group is shown in the following figure.
Page 693
6F2S1931 (0.20) Protection Copy Group(A->B) Copy Group (A->B) 10:48 1/11 10:48 10:48 [►] [▼] _A (1 – 8): A (1 – 8): Common Active Group B (1 - 8): [▲] _B (1 - 8): [◄] *Copy Group(A->B) > Group 1 >...
Page 694
6F2S1931 (0.20) programmed using settings. Six screens are configured for six of the function keys (F1 to F6), respectively, as the default settings shown in Table 4.6-3. Table 11.5-3 Function keys which are configured to navigate a menu Function Key configured Menus Metering Fault Record...
Page 695
6F2S1931 (0.20) On any screen, press the screen-jump function key to display a screen, refer to the following figure: Main Menu 10:48 10:48 [ F1 ] Record > _OC1EN +> _Monitoring > Setting > OC2EN +> [ F1 ] IO setting >...
Page 696
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal control function: To assign a test signal to a function key, follow the steps as shown in Figure 11.5-16. Function Key F1 Key F1 Key Function 10:48 10:48 10:48 [►] [ENTER] F1 Key > *Function Screen Jump F2 Key >...
Page 697
6F2S1931 (0.20) I/O setting sub-menu The “I/O Setting” sub-menu is used to set or change settings for the following items: AC Analog Input (ii) Binary Input (iii) Binary Output (iv) This section explains the details of the setting method. AC analog input For the AC analog inputs in the VCT module, the user can configure a ratio for each AC analog channel.
Page 698
6F2S1931 (0.20) Technical description: Binary IO module: Binary input circuit see Chapter The user can activate or turn off the above timers and switches using the setting function. To configure the binary input circuits, the user should follow the procedure in steps ((ii)-1 and (ii)-2) Selection of binary input circuit: For example, Figure 11.6-2 illustrates the selection of a binary input circuit on a binary IO module.
Page 699
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10:48 On Delay Timer 0.000 Off Delay Timer 0.000 Inverse-SW Normal Figure 11.6-4 CPL setting Note: Setting items “On Delay timer and others” are displayed when the user sets [BI*_CPL] On. Binary output (iii) All binary output circuits provided in the IED are also user-configurable; the user can configure Technical timers and switches using CPL settings.
Page 700
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10:48 1/15 BO1_CPL Input signal1 No Assign Input Signal2 No Assign Input Signal3 No Assign Signal8 No Assign LOGIC-SW On Delay Timer 0.000 Off Delay Timer 0.000 INVERSE-SW Normal TIMER-SW Logic Timer 0.000 Reset Signal No Assign Figure 11.6-6 Binary output setting Figure 11.6-7 shows how to assign a signal: Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034)
Page 701
6F2S1931 (0.20) Select Function Select Function 10:48 10:48 1/15 10:48 [ ENTER] BO1_CPL [▼] _Input Signal1 No Assign _ On No Assign _CBP_DIF 412B01> Input Signal2 CBP_CBF 456B01> [ CANCEL ] No Assign CBP_EFP 457B01> Input Signal3 CBP_FS 48CB01> No Assign CBP_TRS 4A2B01>...
Page 702
6F2S1931 (0.20) 10:48 1/31 _LED3 > LED4 > LED5 > LED6 > LED7 > LED8 > LED26 > F1 Key > F2 Key > Figure 11.6-8 LED selecting screen LED Setting : As shown in Figure 11.6-9, the user can set the logical gate, timer, color of LED and assign signals in this screen.
Page 703
6F2S1931 (0.20) Time sub-menu In Time sub-menu, the user can change settings of Clock function, such as time zone, time synchronizing source, format of time displaying and so on. Figure below shows the Time sub- Chapter Technical description: Clock function menu.
Page 704
6F2S1931 (0.20) ActiveSyncSrc menu ActiveSyncSrc can be shown by the following procedure. (1) Move cursor to the [ActiveSyncSrc] menu and press ►. Clock 10:00 *Note: When the active synchronizing source is not SNTP, the > is [Time] not shown in the screen. 2012-11-21 10:00:05 [Format] YYYY-MM-DD HH:mm:ss...
Page 705
6F2S1931 (0.20) Time synchronization (iii) Time synchronization source can be selected in Time synchronization screen. The synchronization function can be activated by configuration of the On/Off switch in this menu. Figure 11.7-7 shows the configuration screen for the time synchronization function: Time Sync 10:48 TimeSyncSrc...
Page 706
6F2S1931 (0.20) SNTP menu IP address of SNTP server can be set by the following procedure. (1) Confirm that the SNTP synchronization function has been set for Time Sync On. Move cursor to the SNTP menu and press ►. 10:48 TimeSyncSrc SNTP _SNTP...
Page 707
6F2S1931 (0.20) MODBUS SYNC menu (1) To carry out the time synchronization with MODBUS, the user has Time Sync 10:48 to switch to On from Off. MODBUS SYNC Figure 11.7-11 MODBUS SYNC IRIG SYNC menu When the “IRIG SYNC” is set to On in Time Sync menu, the user can choose IRIG signal for the synchronization.
Page 708
6F2S1931 (0.20) Display format (iv) Display format of time in the IED can be selected in Display format screen. All time formats will be displayed according to Date_fmt setting. The IED provides different formats to display the date. Figure 11.7-13 shows display format menu: Display Format 10:48 Date_fmt...
Page 709
6F2S1931 (0.20) Date delimiter menu Display Format (1) Move cursor to the [Date_delimiter] menu and press ENTER. 10:48 Date_fmt YYYYMMDD _Date_delimiter Time_delimiter Date_delimiter (2) Date delimiter can be selected by moving cursor to the desired 10:48 format type. Figure 11.7-15 Date delimite Time delimiter menu Display Format (1) Move cursor to the [Time_delimiter] menu and press ENTER.
Page 710
6F2S1931 (0.20) Second delimiter menu Second delimiter can be switched by the following procedure. (1) Move cursor to the [Sec_delimiter] menu and press ENTER. Display Format 10:48 Date_delimiter Time_delimiter _Sec_delimiter (2) The second delimiter mark is switched. Display Format 10:48 Date_delimiter Time_delimiter _Sec_delimiter...
Page 711
6F2S1931 (0.20) (1) Move cursor to the [Summer time] menu and press ENTER. Summer Time 10:48 1/13 Summer time mode can be switched On/Off by pressing ► or ◄. _Summer time After Summer time mode is set to On, the user can set summer time in detail.
Page 712
6F2S1931 (0.20) Test sub-menu Test functions can be operated from the test screen available on the front panel of the IED. Test screen The Test screen has functions such as Test Mode, Test Flag, Mode Change and Signal Monitoring. The user can select any of these test functions using the following test screen. Test 10:48 Test Mode...
Page 713
6F2S1931 (0.20) reproduce a pseudo-operation condition. GOOSE sending block (GOSNDBLK) This function is used for selecting or disabling the GOOSE sending information in Test mode. This function is used when there is a conflict in communication with another active IED while sending a GOOSE signal. ...
Page 714
6F2S1931 (0.20) description: Binary IO Module Binary Input 10:48 Slot#1 > Slot#3 > Figure 11.8-5 Binary input menu Figure 11.8-6 is a case when IO#3 (Slot#03) is selected. Slot#3 10:48 1/19 BIF OP Slot3-BIO1-SET Normal Slot3-BIO2-SET Normal Slot3-BI03-SET Figure 11.8-6 Setting menu for Slot #3 module For example, if the user wishes to simulate binary input circuit #1 (BI1) on the BIO1A module at IO#3 slot, the user can select SLOT3-BI01-SET screen, as shown in Figure 11.8-6).
Page 715
6F2S1931 (0.20) simulation test. This does not start the simulation. The setting menu is shown in the manner of the screen illustrated in Figure 11.8-7, if the user needs to configure an Input Circuit other than BI01 (BI02 to BI18 in the screen shown in Figure 11.8-6);...
Page 716
6F2S1931 (0.20) Binary Output 10:48 Slot#2 > Slot#3 > Figure 11.8-10 Binary output menu Figure 11.8-11 shows selection of IO#2 (Slot #2). Slot#2 10:48 1/19 BO2F OP SLOT2-BO01-SET Normal SLOT2-BO02-SET Normal SLOT2-BO02-SET Figure 11.8-11 Setting menu for Slot #2 module Figure 11.8-12 shows the Output Circuit configuration of BO01 at IO#2 (Slot#2).
Page 717
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mode change screen (iv) When the user selects “Mode Change” from the Test sub-menu shown in Figure 11.8-1, the following Mode change screen is displayed (Figure 11.8-13). This allows control from a remote device (For example, SAS server) by configuring the MDCTRL-EN setting. Mode Change 10:48 MDCTRL-EN...
Page 718
6F2S1931 (0.20) Information sub-menu In the information sub-menu, the user can see the information about the IED. Those of the information are set in a factory, and not changed by the user. Figure 11.9-1 shows the Information sub-menu. Table 11.9-1 shows detail of information that is displayed in this screen. Information 10:48 [IED TYPE]...
Page 719
6F2S1931 (0.20) Security setting sub-menu The Access control function is accessed using the Security Setting sub-menu. Passwords, active or inactive and several allowed operations can be set for each user ID. Table 11.10-1 Access control function settings Display Order User ID Guest Setting Test...
Page 720
6F2S1931 (0.20) 12 Installation and setting Contents Pages Pages Caution for storage Handling precautions Unpacking ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── For rack mounting, cable and electrical wiring, see the service manual entitled Installation handbook for rack mounting, cable work, etc. , separately. Guide for replacement of inner modules ...
Page 721
6F2S1931 (0.20) Caution for storage You have to pack an IED in the original box after the IED is inspected, if the IED is not required to be installed now; and you have to store it in dry and clean condition. Recommended storage condition: - Temperature: 0 degree Celsius to +40 degree Celsius...
Page 722
6F2S1931 (0.20) Unpack and inspection of hardware and software The user should unpack and check the IED before use. Be in touch with Toshiba at email (www.toshiba-relays.com) for any issues. Opening and inspecting relay (IED) package Open a relay package and inspect physical damage if any. Ensure that the following items are included in the package.
Page 723
Month, Year 1A / 5A 50 / 60 (N/A) 110-250 ****** ** *** TOSHIBA ENERGY SYSTEMS & SOLUTIONS CORPORATION DC rating (Vdc) Rated frequency (fn) Rated voltage (Vn) Rated current (In) Figure 12.3-2 Hardware nameplate example on SubUnit Ordering positions...
Page 724
6F2S1931 (0.20) Ordering positions 9 A B J K L - 2 1 - 4 T 2 - M 2 - G L - 3 0 - 2 2 0 PWS1 A BO1 A BI1 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A...
Page 725
6F2S1931 (0.20) are determined by the ordering code at Positions ‘E and F’. The user can find optical ports (OPT2; at C13/C14 or C21/C22) for communicating with SubUnits, when ordering code ‘M2’ at Positions ‘C and D’ is chosen. Selection for the Stand-alone type Selection for the Dual ports with LAN for Local PC Selection for the Max.
Page 726
6F2S1931 (0.20) Positions - 1 0 3 - 6 6 2 - 4 E GRB200- -- TOSHIBA ENERGY SYSTEMS & SOLUTIONS CORPORATION Selected language Selected protocol Selected software Figure 12.3-7 Software nameplate example †Note: For more information, see Chapter Relay application...
Page 727
6F2S1931 (0.20) SubUnit ID setting When the MainUnit connected with a SubUnit, the user should set a subunit identifier for each unit. When the MainUnit has two SubUnit#1 and #2, set “0” for SubUnit#1, set “1” for SubUnit#2 (see Table 12.4-1). The identifier is set using Rotary switch on Optical transceiver Technical description: Signal module (OPT2).
Page 728
6F2S1931 (0.20) PWS alarm threshold setting The IED has power supply module (PWS) at the far left slot. The user can confirm DC rated voltage on the hardware nameplate by checking the cord at Positions ‘8’, but the user should select either alarm thresholds for dropping DC voltage by inserting a jumper on the PWS Section Power supply module Chapter Technical description...
Page 729
6F2S1931 (0.20) 13 Commissioning and maintenance Contents Pages Pages Required test Test operations – Cautions -Binary output circuit test (BO) Preparations -Binary input circuit test (BI) -Canceling supervision function (AMF) -GOOSE test (61850) -LED light test -Mode test (MDCTRL) -Logic single monitor -CB and DS test (Replica_CH) -Test sub-menu structure Centralized GRB200...
Page 730
6F2S1931 (0.20) Scope of required test Commissioning tests should be a minimum; it may be required hardware and conjunctive tests. Tests regarding relay and control function may be carried out at the user’s discretion. During the tests, the user can access IED functions through the front panel or using the GR-TIEMS engineering tool.
Page 731
6F2S1931 (0.20) Cautions Safety Precautions CAUTION The IED rack is provided with a grounding terminal. Before starting the work, always make sure the IED rack is grounded. When connecting the cable to the back of the IED, firmly fix it to the terminal block and attach the cover provided on top of it.
Page 732
6F2S1931 (0.20) 1 Time counter, precision timer 1 PC (not essential) Relay settings Before starting the tests, it must be specified whether the tests will use the user’s settings or the default settings. Visual inspection After unpacking the product, check for any damage to the IED case. If there is any damage, the internal module might also have been affected.
Page 733
6F2S1931 (0.20) Test operations The user can change IED to for Test mode by the operations on the IED front panel with Main/Sub menus, as shown in Figure 13.4-1. Main Menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Sub-menu Main Menu Record Monitoring Setting IO Setting Control...
Page 734
6F2S1931 (0.20) GOOSE receiving block (GOSUBBLK) (ii) This is used for receiving or rejecting GOOSE subscription information from another IED for Communication protocol: IEC 61850 communication testing bad reception. See Chapter Test flag cancel (S-TestFlagCancel) (iii) Test flag in the communication packet will be removed unconditionally, when On is set for setting [Test flag].
Page 735
6F2S1931 (0.20) LED light test 13.4.6 The user can perform LED lighting test by pressing the keys ◄ and ►. Press the both keys on the front panel for a few seconds. If there is no problem, all LEDs will be lit. Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 721 -...
Page 736
6F2S1931 (0.20) Setting Test settings Unit Default Setting item Range Contents Notes setting value TestFlag-EN Off / On – Change test flag on Protocol S-TestFlagCancel Off / On Cancelling test flag of slave communication GOSNDBLK Off / On GOOSE publishing block GOSUBBLK Off / On GOOSE subscription block...
Page 737
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal Signal monitoring point TEST (Function ID: 201301) Element ID Name Description 3100051197 SIM FAULT OUTPUT for Sim.Fault Display 3100001190 TEST MODE Mode of test Signal monitoring point BIO_FORCE (Function ID: 240101) Element ID Name Description 3110001198 BI1F OP BI1 forced operate start...
Page 738
6F2S1931 (0.20) Appendix 1 Signal lists for common function Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 724 -...
Page 739
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CONST_VALUE (Function ID: 100001) Description Name Element ID C0_BIT 8000001220 Constant value 0 expressed with binary in BIT type C1_BIT 8000011220 Constant value 1 expressed with binary in BIT type C0_N8 2000001128 Constant value 0 expressed with unsigned integer in 8 bit C1_N8 2000011128 Constant value 1 expressed with unsigned integer in 8 bit...
Page 740
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CONST_VALUE (Function ID: 100001) Description Name Element ID C50_S8 2000321120 Constant value 50 expressed with signed integer in 8 bit C60_S8 20003C1120 Constant value 60 expressed with signed integer in 8 bit C70_S8 2000461120 Constant value 70 expressed with signed integer in 8 bit C80_S8 2000501120...
Page 741
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CONST_VALUE (Function ID: 100001) Description Name Element ID C90_S16 21005A1121 Constant value 90 expressed with signed integer in 16 bit C100_S16 2100641121 Constant value 100 expressed with signed integer in 16 bit C0_S32 2200001122 Constant value 0 expressed with signed integer in 32 bit C1_S32 2200011122...
Page 742
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CONST_VALUE (Function ID: 100001) Description Name Element ID C0_U8 3000001124 Constant value 0 expressed with unsigned integer in 8 bit C1_U8 3000011124 Constant value 1 expressed with unsigned integer in 8 bit C2_U8 3000021124 Constant value 2 expressed with unsigned integer in 8 bit C3_U8 3000031124...
Page 743
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CONST_VALUE (Function ID: 100001) Description Name Element ID C4_U16 3100041125 Constant value 4 expressed with unsigned integer in 16 bit C5_U16 3100051125 Constant value 5 expressed with unsigned integer in 16 bit C6_U16 3100061125 Constant value 6 expressed with unsigned integer in 16 bit C7_U16 3100071125...
Page 744
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point CONST_VALUE (Function ID: 100001) Description Name Element ID C8_U32 3200081126 Constant value 8 expressed with unsigned integer in 32 bit C9_U32 3200091126 Constant value 9 expressed with unsigned integer in 32 bit C10_U32 32000A1126 Constant value 10 expressed with unsigned integer in 32 bit C11_U32 32000B1126...
Page 745
6F2S1931 (0.20) Signal monitoring point BIO_FORCE (Function ID: 240101) Description Name Element ID BI6F OP 3115001198 BI6 forced operate start BI7F OP 3116001198 BI7 forced operate start BI8F OP 3117001198 BI8 forced operate start BI9F OP 3118001198 BI9 forced operate start BI10F OP 3119001198 BI10 forced operate start...
Page 746
6F2S1931 (0.20) Appendix 2 Case outline in MainUnit and SubUnit Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 732 -...
Page 747
6F2S1931 (0.20) 1/1 case size Stand-alone type of MainUnit 1. Trihedral figure (1/1×19 inches) for the † The (38) means the height of the VCT terminal. Unit: mm Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 733 -...
Page 748
6F2S1931 (0.20) Max. Dual Ports of MainUnit 2. Trihedral figure (1/1×19 inches) for the † The (38) means the height of the VCT terminal. Unit: mm Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 734 -...
Page 749
6F2S1931 (0.20) Dual Ports with LAN for Local PC of MainUnit 3. Trihedral figure (1/1×19 inches) for the † The (38) means the height of the VCT terminal. Unit: mm Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 735 -...
Page 750
6F2S1931 (0.20) 4. Trihedral figure (1/1×19 inches) for SubUnit † The (38) means the height of the VCT terminal. Unit: mm Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 736 -...
Page 751
6F2S1931 (0.20) 5. Panel cut out figure (1/1×19 inches) for the case Unit: mm Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 737 -...
Page 753
6F2S1931 (0.20) MainUnit structure (the Stand-alone type of MainUnit) Common inputs Common outputs [IO#8] [IO#7] [IO#6] [IO#5] [IO#4] [IO#3] [IO#2] [IO#1] [VCT#1] [VCT#2] for common for common mainly for CH1 mainly for CH2 mainly for CH3 mainly for CH4 mainly for CH5 mainly for CH6 BI1 A BO1 A...
Page 754
6F2S1931 (0.20) MainUnit structure (the Max. Dual ports of MainUnit) Common inputs Common outputs [IO#8] [IO#7] [IO#6] [IO#5] [IO#4] [IO#3] [IO#2] [IO#1] [VCT#1] [VCT#2] for common for common mainly for CH1 mainly for CH2 mainly for CH3 mainly for CH4 mainly for CH5 mainly for CH6 BI1 A...
Page 755
6F2S1931 (0.20) MainUnit structure (the Dual ports with LAN for Local PC of MainUnit) Common inputs Common outputs [IO#8] [IO#7] [IO#6] [IO#5] [IO#4] [IO#3] [IO#2] [IO#1] [VCT#1] [VCT#2] BO1 A BI1 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A VCT48B...
Page 756
6F2S1931 (0.20) SubUnit structure CH10 CH11 CH12 CH13 CH14 [IO#8] [IO#7] [IO#6] [IO#5] [IO#4] [IO#3] [IO#2] [IO#1] [VCT#1] [VCT#2] BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A BIO5 A VCT23B VCT23B PWS1 A (Blank) FAIL1 CH11 (Blank)
Page 757
6F2S1931 (0.20) Cable connections for AC analog inputs, binary inputs and binary outputs The user should have the following wiring works on the VCT, BIO models in GRB200 IEDs. 1. VCT inputs with regard to Busbar voltages and CH currents Bus-A’s Va Bus-B’s Va CH1’s Ia...
Page 758
BO6(SF) CBF trip (Re-trip and Zone-trip) BO7(SF) CBF TR trip BO8(SF) Note: Toshiba recommends outputting it, although the preceding relay (GRB100 series) did not issue the CBF TR signal. Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 744 -...
Page 759
One set of CB contacts is injected to both CH-X and CH-Y. -DS contacts DS contacts is not indispensable, but Toshiba recommend to inject the DS contacts. -CBF start signals by the bus-coupler-protection. One set of CBF start signal is injected to both CH-X and CH-Y.
Page 760
(1)Binary input The required input conditions are as follows. -CB contacts -DS contacts DS contacts is not indispensable, but Toshiba recommend to inject the DS contacts. -CBF start signals by the bus-section-protection (2)Binary output The recommended output signals are as follows.
Page 761
6F2S1931 (0.20) 2-4. Common (1)Binary input The recommended input condition as follows. -43BP switch condition (2)Binary output The recommended output signals are as follows. -*** alarm signal. Common Common BI1 A BO1 A 43BP=Off (Contact is closed when 43BP=Off) BO1(SF) BO2(SF) BO3(SF) BO4(SF)
Page 762
6F2S1931 (0.20) Appendix 4 IEC61850 MICS, PICS, PIXIT, and TICS Document names Pages Provisions MICS Model implementation conformance statement For Edition 1 only PICS Protocol implementation conformance statement For Edition 1 & 2 PIXIT Protocol implementation extra information for testing For Edition 1 &...
Page 764
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) The GRB200 relay supports IEC 61850 logical nodes and common data classes as indicated in the following tables. Logical nodes in IEC 61850-7-4 Logical Nodes GRB200 ITCI ITMI L: System Logical Nodes A: Logical Nodes for Automatic control LPHD ANCR Common Logical Node...
Page 765
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) Common data classes in IEC61850-7-3 Common data classes GRB200 Analogue settings Status information CURVE Description information Measured information HWYE HDEL Controllable status information Controllable analogue information Status settings Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 751 -...
Page 766
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) LPHD class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data PhyName Physical device name plate PhyHealth Physical device health OutOv Output communications buffer overflow Proxy Indicates if this LN is a proxy InOv Input communications buffer overflow...
Page 767
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) PDIF class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class OpCntRs Resetable operation counter Status Information...
Page 768
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) PTOC class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class OpCntRs Resetable operation counter Status Information...
Page 769
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) RDRE class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class OpCntRs Resetable operation counter Controls...
Page 770
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) RBRF class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class OpCntRs Resetable operation counter Status Information...
Page 771
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) GAPC class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class Local operation OpCntRs Resetable operation counter...
Page 772
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) GGIO class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class EEHealth External equipment health (external sensor) EEName...
Page 773
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) MMXU class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class EEHealth External equipment health (external sensor) Measured values...
Page 774
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) MSQI class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class EEHealth External equipment health (external sensor) EEName...
Page 775
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) XCBR class Attribute Name Attr. Type Explanation T M/O GRB200 LNName Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data Common Logical Node Information LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class EEHealth External equipment health (external sensor) EEName...
Page 776
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) SPS class Attribute Attribute Type TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRB200 Name DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) DataAttribute status stVal BOOLEAN dchg TRUE | FALSE Quality qchg TimeStamp substitution subEna BOOLEAN PICS_SUBST subVal BOOLEAN TRUE | FALSE PICS_SUBST subQ...
Page 777
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) ACT class Attribute Attribute Type TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRB200 Name DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) DataAttribute status general BOOLEAN dchg phsA BOOLEAN dchg phsB BOOLEAN dchg phsC BOOLEAN dchg neut BOOLEAN dchg Quality qchg TimeStamp...
Page 778
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) MV class Attribute Attribute Type TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRB200 Name DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) DataAttribute measured values instMag AnalogueValue AnalogueValue MX dchg range ENUMERATED MX dchg normal | high | low | high-high | low-low |… Quality MX qchg TimeStamp...
Page 779
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) WYE class Attribute Attribute Type TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRB200 Name DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) Data phsA GC_1 phsB GC_1 phsC GC_1 neut GC_1 GC_1 GC_1 DataAttribute configuration, description and extension angRef ENUMERATED Va | Vb | Vc | Aa | Ab | Ac | Vab | Vbc | Vca | Vother | Aother...
Page 780
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) SPC class Attribute Attribute Type TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRB200 Name DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) DataAttribute control and status ctlVal BOOLEAN off (FALSE) | on (TRUE) AC_CO_M operTm TimeStamp AC_CO_O origin Originator_RO CO, ST AC_CO_O ctlNum...
Page 781
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) INC class Attribute Attribute Type TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRB200 Name DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) DataAttribute control and status ctlVal INT32 AC_CO_M operTm TimeStamp AC_CO_O origin Originator CO, ST AC_CO_O ctlNum INT8U CO, ST 0..255 AC_CO_O...
Page 782
6F2S1931 (0.20) (MICS Ed.1) DPL class Attribute Attribute Type TrgOp Value/Value Range M/O/C GRB200 Name DataName Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2) DataAttribute configuration, description and extension vendor VISIBLE STRING255 hwRev VISIBLE STRING255 swRev VISIBLE STRING255 serNum VISIBLE STRING255 model VISIBLE STRING255 location...
Page 785
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PICS Ed.1&Ed.2) Introduction The template of this document is “Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement for the IEC 61850 interface in <device>” version 1.6 published by UCA International Users Group in Nov 19, 2015. This document specifies the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) of the IEC 61850 interface in G2 series IED with communication firmware G2M850-01 series version equal to or upper than F (G2M850-01-F).
Page 786
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PICS Ed.1&Ed.2) ASCI basic conformance statement The basic conformance statement is defined in Table A.1. Table A.1 – Basic conformance statement Client/ Server/ Value/ Subscriber Publisher Comments Client-Server roles Server side (of TWO-PARTY-APPLICATION- ASSOCIATION) Client side of (TWO-PARTY-APPLICATION- ...
Page 787
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PICS Ed.1&Ed.2) ACSI models conformance statement The ACSI models conformance statement is defined in Table A.2. Table A.2 – ACSI models conformance statement Client/ Server/ Value/ Subscriber Publisher Comments If Server or Client side (B11/12) supported Logical device Logical node Data Data set...
Page 788
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PICS Ed.1&Ed.2) ACSI service conformance statement The ACSI service conformance statement is defined in Table A.3 (depending on the statements in Table A.1). Table A.3 – ACSI service Conformance statement(1/3) Services Client Server Comments TP/MC Server GetServerDirectory (LOGICAL-DEVICE) Application association Associate Abort...
Page 790
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PICS Ed.1&Ed.2) Table A.3 – ACSI service Conformance statement(3/3) Transmission of sampled value model (SVC) Multicast SV SendMSVMessage Multicast Sampled Value Control Block GetMSVCBValues SetMSVCBValues Unicast SV SendUSVMessage Unicast Sampled Value Control Block GetUSVCBValues SetUSVCBValues Control Select SelectWithValue Cancel Operate CommandTermination...
Page 791
Protocol implementation extra information for testing (PIXIT) of the IEC 61850 communication interface in GR200 series IED Note: The template of this document is “PIXIT template extracted from server test procedures version 1.0 and updated according to TPCL version 1.2.6” published by UCA International Using Group.
Page 792
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) Introduction This document specifies the protocol implementation extra information for testing (PIXIT) of the IEC 61850 interface in G2 Series IED with communication firmware G2M850-02 series version equal & upper than A(G2M850-02-A). Together with the PICS and the MICS the PIXIT forms the basis for a conformance test according to IEC 61850-10.
Page 793
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR ASSOCIATION MODEL Description Value / Clarification Maximum number of clients that can set-up an association simultaneously TCP_KEEPALIVE value. Configurable from 1 to 20 seconds The recommended range is 1..20s (default is 20 seconds) From 10 to 30 seconds 1,2 Lost connection detection time (TCP_KEEPALIVE + 10sec.) - Authentication is not supported yet...
Page 794
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR SERVER MODEL Description Value / Clarification Validity: Good, Invalid, Reserved, Questionable Overflow OutofRange BadReference Oscillatory Which analogue value (MX) quality bits are Failure supported (can be set by server) OldData Inconsistent Inaccurate (OnlyHz) Source: Process * Supports only for GBU DCAI Model...
Page 795
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT for Data set model Description Value / Clarification limited internal configuration parameter. This does have What is the maximum number of data elements CreateDataSet service. But any in one data set (compare ICD setting) DataSet can be defined by using engineering tool.
Page 796
6F2S1931 (0.20) PIXIT for Reporting model Description Value / Clarification The supported trigger conditions are integrity (compare PICS) data change quality change data update The supported optional fields are sequence-numberY general interrogation report-time-stamp reason-for-inclusion data- set-name data- reference buffer-overflow entryID conf- segmentation Can the server send segmented reports...
Page 797
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT for Reporting model (continued) Description Value / Clarification What is the buffer size for each BRCB or how For example, LLN0$ST$Health many reports can be buffered can be stored 408 events. Pre-configured attributes that Deprecated dynamic, compare SCL report settings May the reported data set contain: - structured data objects...
Page 798
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR GOOSE PUBLISH MODEL Description Value / Clarification Can the test (Ed1) / simulation (Ed2) flag in the published GOOSE be set What is the behaviour when the GOOSE publish If the configuration is incorrect, configuration is incorrect the GOOSE isn’t published.
Page 799
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR GOOSE SUBSCRIBE MODEL Description Value / Clarification What elements of a subscribed GOOSE destination MAC address message are checked to decide the message is = as configured valid and the allData values are accepted? If APPID yes, describe the conditions.
Page 800
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR GOOSE SUBSCRIBE MODEL (continued) Description Value / Clarification What is the behavior when a subscribed Refer to Gs3 GOOSE message is out-of-order What is the behavior when a subscribed GOOSE subscribe quality GOOSE message is duplicated information will become QUESTIONABLE | INCONSISTENT (=1100 0000...
Page 801
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR GOOSE SUBSCRIBE MODEL (continued) Description Value / Clarification Gs10 1,2 Max number of dataset members <additional items> Are subscribed GOOSE with ndsCom=T GOOSE subscribe quality Accepted. information will become QUESTIONABLE INACCURATE (=1100 0000 0100 0). GOOSE status change is ignored.
Page 802
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL Description Value / Clarification What control models are supported DOns: (compare ICD file enums for Ed2) SBOns: Y DOes: SBOes: Y Is the control model fixed, configurable and/or Fixed dynamic Is TimeActivatedOperate supported (compare Deprecated PICS or SCL) Is “operate-many”...
Page 803
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL(Continued) Description Value / Clarification Which additional cause diagnosis Unknown supported Not-supported Blocked-by-switching-hierarchy Select-failed Invalid-position Position-reached Step-limit Blocked-by-Mode Blocked-by-process Blocked-by-interlocking Blocked-by-synchrocheck Command-already-in-execution Blocked-by-health 1-of-n-control Abortion-by-cancel Time-limit-over Abortion-by-trip (only for BCPU) Object-not-selected Edition 1 specific values: Parameter-change-in-execution Edition 2 specific values: Object-already-selected...
Page 804
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL(Continued) Description Value / Clarification How to force a “test-not-ok” respond with DOns, SBOns, DOes: Operate request [Example1] Set orCat as unsupported value -> Cause AddCause as “Not- supported(1)” [Example2] Set ctlCat same as stVal ->...
Page 805
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR CONTROL MODEL(Continued) Description Value / Clarification Does the IED accept a Select/SelectWithValue SBOns: from the same client when the control object is SBOes: already selected (Tissue #334) Ct17 Is for SBOes the internal validation performed Yes for both SelectWithValue and during the SelectWithValue and/or Operate Operate...
Page 806
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR TIME AND TIME SYNCHONISATION MODEL Description Value / Clarification What time quality bits are supported (may be LeapSecondsKnown set by the IED) ClockFailure ClockNotSynchronized Describe the behavior when the time server(s) On one time server: IED tries to ceases to respond synchronize with another time server.
Page 807
6F2S1931 (0.20) (PIXIT Ed.1&Ed.2) PIXIT FOR FILE TRANSFER MODEL Description Value / Clarification What is structure of files and directories Support tree structure Where are the COMTRADE files stored “/COMTRADE/” directory (NOTE) At root directory in IED, the directory “/COMTRADE/” is Hidden.
Page 808
Tissues conformance statement (TICS) of the IEC 61850 Ed.2 communication interface in GR200 series IED Note: The template of this document is “Test Procedures Change List (TPCL) version 1.2.6 for IEC 61850 Edition 2 server test procedures revision 1.0” published by UCA International Users Group Testing Sub Committee in April 3, 2018.
Page 809
6F2S1931 (0.20) (TICS Ed.2) Introduction This document provides a template for the Tissues conformance statement. According to the UCA IUG QAP the Tissue conformance statement is required to perform a conformance test and is referenced on the certificate. This document is applicable for G2 series IED with communication firmware G2M850-02 series version equal &...
Page 810
6F2S1931 (0.20) (TICS Ed.2) Mandatory Edition2 Tissues Below tables give an overview of the applicable mandatory Tissues. Part 6 Implemented Description Tissue Y/na Tracking related features FCDA element cannot be a "functionally constrained logical node" Autotransformer modeling SGCB ResvTms ConfDataSet - maxAttributes definition is confusing Log element name bType VisString65 is missing object references...
Page 811
6F2S1931 (0.20) (TICS Ed.2) Mandatory Edition2 Tissues (continued) Part 7-1 Implemented Description Tissue Y/na Data model namespace revision IEC 61850-7-4:2007[A] simulated GOOSE disappears after 1st appearance when 1151 LPHD.Sim = TRUE 1468 Re-use DO from other LN Part 7-2 Implemented Description Tissue Y/na...
Page 812
6F2S1931 (0.20) (TICS Ed.2) Mandatory Edition2 Tissues (continued) Part 7-4 Implemented Description Tissue Y/na mistake in definition of Mod & Beh CDC of ZRRC.LocSta is wrong Same data object name used with different CDC MotStr is used with different CDC in PMMS and SOPM LN classes Remove CycTrMod Enum SI unit for MHYD.Cndct Enum PIDAlg...
Page 813
6F2S1931 (0.20) (TICS Ed.2) Mandatory Edition2 Tissues (continued) Part 8-1 Implemented Description Tissue Y/na Tracking of control (CTS) Fixed-length GOOSE float encoding File dir name length 64 Encoding of Owner attribute 1040 More associate error codes 1178 Select Response+ is non-null value Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 799 -...
Page 814
6F2S1931 (0.20) (Default mapping: Ed.1) Mapping information of the IEC16850 Ed.1 GRB200 (Centralized Busbar Protection IED) for software model 30—34 Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 800 -...
Page 815
6F2S1931 (0.20) Software model 30 [Default mapping (Software model 30: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute System/LLN0$Mod stVal ST Mod 3010013110011001 61850 System/LLN0$Mod Quality System/LLN0$Mod ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK System/LLN0$Mod ctlModel CF MDCTRL01_CONTROL_REQ 5500017013016D08 CtlModelKind MDCTRL...
Page 816
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 30: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute System/GGIO1$Beh stVal ST Beh 3010013110021001 61850 System/GGIO1$Beh Quality System/GGIO1$Beh ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK System/GGIO1$Ind1 stVal BOOLEAN System/GGIO1$Ind1 Quality System/GGIO1$Ind1 Timestamp System/GGIO1$Ind10 stVal...
Page 817
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 30: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute System/MMXU1$A$phsB MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK System/MMXU1$A$phsB$units SIUnit SIUnitKind System/MMXU1$A$phsB$units multiplier MultiplierKind System/MMXU1$A$phsC$cVal$ang MX Ic-Angle 7110084241621055 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT System/MMXU1$A$phsC$cVal$mag MX Ic 711008424162107A FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT...
Page 818
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 30: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA$phsA Quality Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA$phsA MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA$phsA$units SIUnit SIUnitKind Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA$phsA$units multiplier MultiplierKind Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA$phsB$cVal$mag MX Irb 71100842013010C3 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA$phsB Quality Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA$phsB...
Page 830
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP2_CH1 4A2B018300301B63 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 831
3010013110021001 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Beh Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Beh ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 817 -...
Page 832
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 31: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 general ST TR.TRIP_CH1 4A2B018600201B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr10...
Page 833
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health Quality Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 general ST DIFZA-OR 412B018000101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 dirGeneral Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 Quality Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1...
Page 834
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 31: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Op7 Quality 1005 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Op7 ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1006 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc1$phsA$cVal$mag MX IdaA 71100842012110C0 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1007 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc1$phsA Quality 1008 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc1$phsA MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006...
Page 835
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 31: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB$cVal$mag MX IdbE 71100842012510C3 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1072 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB Quality 1073 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1074 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB$units SIUnit SIUnit 1075 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB$units multiplier...
Page 836
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 31: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA2$phsC MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1139 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA2$phsC$units SIUnit SIUnit 1140 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA2$phsC$units multiplier multiplier 1141 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA3$phsA$cVal$mag MX IraC 71100842013310C0 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1142 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA3$phsA...
Page 837
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1224 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health Quality 1225 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1226 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1227 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1228 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt VisString255 1229 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str general BOOLEAN 1230 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str dirGeneral 1231 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str Quality...
Page 838
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1282 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Health Quality 1283 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1284 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1285 TOSHIBA Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1286 GS2RBIM1 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$NamPlt VisString255 1287 no-data Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Str general ST EFP-ZONE.OPT 457B018020001B68 BOOLEAN CBP_EFP 1288 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Str dirGeneral...
Page 851
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP1_CH1 4A2B018300101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 852
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP2_CH1 4A2B018300301B63 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 853
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 general ST TR.TRIP_CH1 4A2B018600201B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 854
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1060 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health Quality 1061 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1062 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1063 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1064 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt VisString255 1065 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 general ST DIFZA-OR 412B018000101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF 1066 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 dirGeneral...
Page 855
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 32: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str2 Quality 1072 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str2 ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1073 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 general ST DIFZC-OR 412B018200301B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF 1074 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 dirGeneral 1075 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 Quality...
Page 856
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 32: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsB$units multiplier multiplier 1139 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC$cVal$mag MX IdcB 71100842012210C6 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1140 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC Quality 1141 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1142 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC$units SIUnit...
Page 857
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 32: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA Quality 1206 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1207 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA$units SIUnit SIUnit 1208 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA$units multiplier multiplier 1209 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsB$cVal$mag MX Idb 71100842012010C3 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT...
Page 858
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1332 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health Quality 1333 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1334 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1335 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1336 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt VisString255 1337 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str general BOOLEAN 1338 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str dirGeneral 1339 Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034)
Page 859
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1352 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$Health Quality 1353 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1354 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1355 TOSHIBA Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1356 GS2RBIM1 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt VisString255 1357 no-data Prot/CBF_RBRF1$OpEx general ST CBF-ZONE.OPT 456B018320001B68 BOOLEAN CBP_CBF 1358 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$OpEx Quality...
Page 860
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1410 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Health Quality 1411 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1412 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1413 TOSHIBA Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1414 GS2RBIM1 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt VisString255 1415 no-data Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Str general ST EFP-TR.OPT 457B018120001B69 BOOLEAN CBP_EFP 1416 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Str dirGeneral...
Page 872
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP2_CH1 4A2B018300301B63 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 873
3010013110021001 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Beh Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Beh ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 859 -...
Page 874
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 33: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 general ST TR.TRIP_CH1 4A2B018600201B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr10...
Page 875
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health Quality Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 general ST DIFZA-OR 412B018000101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 dirGeneral Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 Quality Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1...
Page 876
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 33: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Op7 Quality 1005 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Op7 ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1006 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc1$phsA$cVal$mag MX IdaA 71100842012110C0 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1007 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc1$phsA Quality 1008 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc1$phsA MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006...
Page 877
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 33: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB$cVal$mag MX IdbE 71100842012510C3 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1072 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB Quality 1073 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1074 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB$units SIUnit SIUnit 1075 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc5$phsB$units multiplier...
Page 878
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 33: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA2$phsC MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1139 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA2$phsC$units SIUnit SIUnit 1140 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA2$phsC$units multiplier multiplier 1141 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA3$phsA$cVal$mag MX IraC 71100842013310C0 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1142 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$RstA3$phsA...
Page 879
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1224 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health Quality 1225 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1226 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1227 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1228 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt VisString255 1229 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str general BOOLEAN 1230 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str dirGeneral 1231 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str Quality...
Page 880
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1282 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Health Quality 1283 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1284 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1285 TOSHIBA Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1286 GS2RBIM1 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$NamPlt VisString255 1287 no-data Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Str general ST EFP-ZONE.OPT 457B018020001B68 BOOLEAN CBP_EFP 1288 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC1$Str dirGeneral...
Page 881
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1342 Prot/OC_PTOC2$Health Quality 1343 Prot/OC_PTOC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1344 Prot/OC_PTOC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1345 TOSHIBA Prot/OC_PTOC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1346 GS2RBIM1 Prot/OC_PTOC2$NamPlt VisString255 1347 no-data Prot/OC_PTOC2$Str general ST OC2.OPT 458B018120001B69 BOOLEAN CBP_OC 1348 Prot/OC_PTOC2$Str dirGeneral...
Page 894
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP1_CH1 4A2B018300101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 895
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP2_CH1 4A2B018300301B63 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 896
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 general ST TR.TRIP_CH1 4A2B018600201B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 897
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1060 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health Quality 1061 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1062 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1063 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1064 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt VisString255 1065 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 general ST DIFZA-OR 412B018000101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF 1066 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 dirGeneral...
Page 898
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 34: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str2 Quality 1072 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str2 ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1073 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 general ST DIFZC-OR 412B018200301B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF 1074 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 dirGeneral 1075 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 Quality...
Page 899
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 34: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsB$units multiplier multiplier 1139 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC$cVal$mag MX IdcB 71100842012210C6 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1140 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC Quality 1141 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1142 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC$units SIUnit...
Page 900
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 34: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA Quality 1206 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1207 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA$units SIUnit SIUnit 1208 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA$units multiplier multiplier 1209 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsB$cVal$mag MX Idb 71100842012010C3 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT...
Page 901
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1332 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health Quality 1333 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1334 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1335 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1336 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt VisString255 1337 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str general BOOLEAN 1338 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str dirGeneral 1339 Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034)
Page 902
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1352 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$Health Quality 1353 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1354 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1355 TOSHIBA Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1356 GS2RBIM1 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt VisString255 1357 no-data Prot/CBF_RBRF1$OpEx general ST CBF-ZONE.OPT 456B018320001B68 BOOLEAN CBP_CBF 1358 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$OpEx Quality...
Page 903
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1410 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Health Quality 1411 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1412 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1413 TOSHIBA Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1414 GS2RBIM1 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt VisString255 1415 no-data Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Str general ST EFP-TR.OPT 457B018120001B69 BOOLEAN CBP_EFP 1416 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Str dirGeneral...
Page 904
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 34: Ed.1)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1474 GS2RBIM1 Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$NamPlt VisString255 1475 no-data Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$Str general ST COM.OPT 486B018020001B66 BOOLEAN CBP_COMTP 1476 Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$Str dirGeneral 1477 Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$Str Quality 1478...
Page 905
6F2S1931 (0.20) (Default mapping: Ed.2) Mapping information of the IEC16850 Ed.2 GRB200 (Centralized Busbar Protection IED) for all software models Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 891 -...
Page 918
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC1$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP1_CH1 4A2B018300101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC1$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 919
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC2$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 general ST GEN.TRIP2_CH1 4A2B018300301B63 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC2$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 920
Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health stVal ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt vendor VisString255 TOSHIBA Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt swRev VisString255 GS2RBIM1 Prot/TRC_PTRC3$NamPlt VisString255 no-data Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 general ST TR.TRIP_CH1 4A2B018600201B60 BOOLEAN CBP_TRC Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 Quality Prot/TRC_PTRC3$Tr1 ST SYS_TIME...
Page 921
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1060 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health Quality 1061 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1062 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1063 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1064 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$NamPlt VisString255 1065 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 general ST DIFZA-OR 412B018000101B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF 1066 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str1 dirGeneral...
Page 922
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 30-34: Ed.2)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str2 Quality 1072 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str2 ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1073 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 general ST DIFZC-OR 412B018200301B60 BOOLEAN CBP_DIF 1074 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 dirGeneral 1075 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$Str3 Quality...
Page 923
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 30-34: Ed.2)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsB$units multiplier multiplier 1139 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC$cVal$mag MX IdcB 71100842012210C6 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT 1140 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC Quality 1141 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1142 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc2$phsC$units SIUnit...
Page 924
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 30-34: Ed.2)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA Quality 1206 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA MX SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1207 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA$units SIUnit SIUnit 1208 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsA$units multiplier multiplier 1209 Prot/DIF_PDIF1$DifAClc7$phsB$cVal$mag MX Idb 71100842012010C3 FLOAT32 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT...
Page 925
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1332 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health Quality 1333 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1334 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1335 TOSHIBA Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1336 GS2RBIM1 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$NamPlt VisString255 1337 no-data Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str general BOOLEAN 1338 Prot/DIF_PDIF2$Str dirGeneral 1339 Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034)
Page 926
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1352 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$Health Quality 1353 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1354 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1355 TOSHIBA Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1356 GS2RBIM1 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$NamPlt VisString255 1357 no-data Prot/CBF_RBRF1$OpEx general ST CBF-ZONE.OPT 456B018320001B68 BOOLEAN CBP_CBF 1358 Prot/CBF_RBRF1$OpEx Quality...
Page 927
ST Health 3010013110031001 Health 61850 1410 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Health Quality 1411 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Health ST SYS_TIME 2003019010001006 Timestamp CLOCK 1412 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt vendor VisString255 1413 TOSHIBA Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1414 GS2RBIM1 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$NamPlt VisString255 1415 no-data Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Str general ST EFP-TR.OPT 457B018120001B69 BOOLEAN CBP_EFP 1416 Prot/ENDFP_PTOC2$Str dirGeneral...
Page 928
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Default mapping (Software model 30-34: Ed.2)] Data Object reference Type Signal names Signal sources Signal numbers Note attribute Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$NamPlt swRev VisString255 1474 GS2RBIM1 Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$NamPlt VisString255 1475 no-data Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$Str general ST COM.OPT 486B018020001B66 BOOLEAN CBP_COMTP 1476 Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$Str dirGeneral 1477 Prot/COMTP_GAPC1$Str Quality 1478...
Page 929
6F2S1931 (0.20) Appendix 5 IEC60870-5-103 interoperability Document names Pages List of information (Time tagged Measurand) General information Events General command Measurand Legend Troubleshooting Semantics of information number In monitor direction In control direction Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 915 -...
Page 930
6F2S1931 (0.20) Information lists General information Table 5-1.1 Descriptions Default values About defaults name mapping file I2GRB200D200 Relay (IED) with voltage elements Remark for setting screened on LCD information files screen I2GRB200D201 Relay (IED) w/o voltage elements Applicable time for the remote Remote operation operation after the reception of 4000...
Page 931
6F2S1931 (0.20) Events Table 5-1.2 GRB200 Type Semantics Contents Function_ID Data_ID Not applicable in Auto-reclose 1, 9 Not supported in GRB200 IED active Not supported in GRB200 IED Not supported in GRB200 IED Tele-protection Not applicable in 1, 9 Not supported in GRB200 IED active Not supported in GRB200 IED Not supported in GRB200 IED...
Page 932
6F2S1931 (0.20) GRB200 Type Semantics Contents Function_ID Data_ID ; DPI Off: On=1: 2 Issued by the general commands described later. Reception of the signal#1 Auxiliary input1 1, 9 No default setting. generated at an Aux. contact Reception of the signal#2 Auxiliary input2 1, 9 No default setting.
Page 933
6F2S1931 (0.20) GRB200 Type Semantics Contents Function_ID Data_ID Earth Fault Earth fault in the 1, 9 Not supported in GRB200 IED Rev, i.e. busbar reverse direction 4A2B01 8000501B65 Relay operation in 0x4A2B01 Start/pick-up L1 1, 9 (OPT.PHASE-A) phase-A (CBP_TRC) ; DPI Off: On=1: 2 4A2B01 8000501B66 Relay operation in 0x4A2B01...
Page 934
6F2S1931 (0.20) GRB200 Type Semantics Contents Function_ID Data_ID Trip measuring Not supported in GRB200 IED system L1 Trip measuring Not supported in GRB200 IED system L2 Trip measuring No default setting. system L3 Trip measuring No default setting. system E OC trip in the Trip I>...
Page 935
6F2S1931 (0.20) 1.3 General commands Table 5-1.3 GRB200 Valid time Time Out Interpretation Type ID Function_ID Data_ID [ms] [ms] On/Off switch for protection functions No default setting. 0x304001 (304001 8010006422) Resetting Trip LED 1000 1200 (103slave) LEDRST_CMD 0x304001 (304001 8020016422) Change for the group setting #1 1000 1200...
Page 936
6F2S1931 (0.20) 1.4 Measurands Table 5-1.4 Semantic Type Coefficient Lower Upper DataID Remarks ‡ Limit Limit These values aren’t assigned here because Not supported in GRB200 IED there aren’t appropriate definitions at INF144–INF147 for measurement. 711008 4321601050 Ia-CH1 4096 1706.666667 ‘Ia’, ‘Ib’, or ‘Ic’...
Page 937
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Legend] GI: General Interrogation Type ID: Type IDentification 1 : time-tagged message 2 : time-tagged message with relative time 3 : measurands I 4 : time-tagged measurands with relative time 5 : identification 6 : time synchronization 8 : general interrogation termination 9 : measurands II 10: generic data 11: generic identification...
Page 938
6F2S1931 (0.20) Troubleshooting Table 5-2.1 Phenomena Supposed causes Check / Confirmation Object† Procedure Communicati Address setting is incorrect. Match address setting between BCU on trouble and relay. (IEC103 Avoid duplication of address with communicati other relay. on is not Transmission baud rate Match transmission baud rate...
Page 939
6F2S1931 (0.20) Phenomena Supposed causes Check / Confirmation Object† Procedure Relay cannot receive the Check to ensure that there is a requirement frame from margin of more than 15ms between BCU. receiving the reply frame from the relay and transmitting the next (The timing coordination of requirement frame from the BCU.
Page 940
6F2S1931 (0.20) Phenomena Supposed causes Check / Confirmation Object† Procedure Time can be BCU does not transmit the Transmit the time synchronisation time synchronisation frame. frame. synchronised The settling of the time Change the settling of time with IEC103 synchronisation source is set synchronisation source to IEC.
Page 941
6F2S1931 (0.20) 5-3. Semantics of information number in IEC 60870-5-103 5-3.1 In monitor direction Table 5-3.1 Status indications in monitor direction Description FUN (typical) <16> : auto-recloser active 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 t(z), I, I <17> : teleprotection 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 t(z), I <18> : protection active 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 t(z), I, I...
Page 943
6F2S1931 (0.20) Table 5-3.6 Measurands in monitor direction Description FUN (typical) : <144> measurand I t(z), I <145> measurand I, V : t(z), I <146> : measurand I, V, P, Q t(z) <147> measurand IN, VEN : t(z), I...
Page 944
6F2S1931 (0.20) Data ID information for IEC 60870-5-103 CBP_MES_MANAGEMENT (Function ID: 711008) Element ID Name Description 4322001050 Va measurement secondary (Zone A) 4322011052 Vb measurement secondary (Zone A) 4322021054 Vc measurement secondary (Zone A) 4322031050 Va measurement secondary (Zone B) 4322041052 Vb measurement secondary (Zone B) 4322051054...
Page 964
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Hardware selection] Positions Main Unit Configurations Configurations Analog inputs “No VT” and “4CHs CT” “No VT” and “8CH’s CT” “2 zone’s VT” and “6CH’s CT” “4 zone’s VT” and “4CH’s CT” “6 zone’s VT” and “2CH’s CT” DC rated voltage †...
Page 965
6F2S1931 (0.20) Positions [Hardware selection] Configurations M 0 - Position Number of communication modules 100Base- 1000base- LAN for Main-Subunit 100Base-TX ‡ RS485 Fiber optic IRIG-B Redundancy /1000Base-T † Local PC communication 1(C13) 1(C13) 1(C15) 1(C13) 1(C13) 1(C15) 1(C11) 1(C11) 1(C15) 1(C13) 1(C11) 1(C13)
Page 966
6F2S1931 (0.20) Position Number of communication modules 100Base- 1000base- LAN for Main-Subunit 100Base-TX ‡ RS485 Fiber optic IRIG-B Redundancy † /1000Base-T Local PC communication 1(C13) 2(C11,C12) For Hot-standby†2 1(C13) 2(C11,C12) 1(C15) For Hot-standby†2 1(C13) 2(C11,C12) For Hot-standby†2 1(C13) 2(C11,C12) 1(C15) For Hot-standby†2 2(C11,C12) 1(C13)
Page 967
6F2S1931 (0.20) Position Number of communication modules 100Base- 1000base- LAN for Main-Subunit 100Base-TX ‡ RS485 Fiber optic IRIG-B Redundancy † /1000Base-T Local PC communication 1(C15) 2(C11,C12) 1(C13) For PRP/HSR/RSTP†3 1(C15) 2(C11,C12) 1(C13) 1(C14) For PRP/HSR/RSTP†3 1(C15) 2(C11,C12) 1(C13) For PRP/HSR/RSTP†3 1(C15) 2(C11,C12) 1(C13) 1(C14)
Page 968
6F2S1931 (0.20) Positions [Hardware selection] Configurations M 2 - Position Number of communication modules 100Base- 1000base- LAN for Main-Subunit 100Base-TX ‡ RS485 Fiber optic IRIG-B Redundancy /1000Base-T † Local PC communication 1(C11) 2(C13,C14) 1(C11) 1(C15) 2(C13,C14) 1(C11) 2(C13,C14) 1(C11) 1(C15) 2(C13,C14) 1(C11) 2(C13,C14)
Page 969
6F2S1931 (0.20) Position Number of communication modules 100Base- 1000base- LAN for Main-Subunit 100Base-TX ‡ RS485 Fiber optic IRIG-B Redundancy † /1000Base-T Local PC communication 1(C24) 2(C11,C12) 1(C15) 2(C21,C22) PRP/HSR/RSTP‡ 1(C15) 2(C11,C12) 2(C13,C14) PRP/HSR/RSTP‡ 2(C21,C22) PRP/HSR/RSTP‡ 1(C24) 2(C11,C12) 1(C15) 1(C15) 2(C11,C12) 2(C13,C14) PRP/HSR/RSTP‡...
Page 970
6F2S1931 (0.20) Hot-Standby, PRP, etc. Note: Select a LAN module designed for PRP/HSR/RSTP when the PRP/HSR/RSTP ‡ communication is required(“L or N” code at position E). When required the Hot- standby communication, select dual LAN modules by referring Positions E and F. Note: Module locations can be identified by positon codes in brackets.
Page 971
6F2S1931 (0.20) Positions [Software selection] Configurations Application of power system Assignment at ‘7’ position†1 Function block See Function table†2 Network / Time Sync. module Assignment at ‘E’ position†3 Assignment at ‘F’ position†3 Protoco †4 IEC61850 or IEC60870-5-103 or Modbus IEC 61850 Outline Assignment at ‘9’...
Page 972
6F2S1931 (0.20) Positions SubUnit Configurations Configurations Analog inputs 4CH’s CT 8CH’s CT System Frequency 50Hz 60Hz AC rated current DC rated voltage 110-250 Vdc 24-60 Vdc Outline 1/1 × 19’’ rack for flush/rack mounting † BI/BO Module See “Number of BI/BO” BI/BO Terminal Type Compression plug type terminal Software functions...
Page 973
6F2S1931 (0.20) [FUNCTION TABLE] Ordering No. Function (Position “G & T”) Protection function/ Control function Block Phase-segregated current differential protection CT failure detection by Id Differential current monitoring ...
Page 974
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Number of BI/BO] For MainUnit case Number of circuits on a module Selection of modules Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO) 1xBO1A+1xBI1A+4xBIO5A 1xBO1A+1xBI1A+6xBIO5A 8xBIO5A Note †1 Ordering Code will be set at A & B positions in ‘Hardware selection’. ---: Not available Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034)
Page 975
6F2S1931 (0.20) For SubUnit case Number of circuits on a module Selection of modules Binary input circuits (BI) Binary output circuits (BO) 1xBIO5A 2xBIO5A 3xBIO5A 4xBIO5A 5xBIO5A 6xBIO5A 7xBIO5A 8xBIO5A †1 Ordering Code will be set at A & B positions in ‘Hardware selection’. ---: Not available Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034)
Page 976
6F2S1931 (0.20) [Optional accessories] [Label sheet] Accessory names Quantity per order Codes Pocket sheet label for LEDs(White) EP-211-00 Pocket sheet label for function keys(White) EP-212-00 [Rating jumpers] Accessory names Quantity per order Codes Jumpers to change rated current EP-221 [Monitoring plugs] Accessory names Quantity per order Codes...
Page 978
6F2S1931 (0.20) Technical data Analog Inputs Rated current In Either 1A or 5A (specified when the ordering) Rated voltage Vn 100V to 120V Rated Frequency Either 50Hz or 60Hz (specified when the ordering) Overload Rating Current inputs 4 times rated current continuous 5 times rated current for 3 minutes 6 times rated current for 2 minutes 30 times rated current for 10 seconds...
Page 979
6F2S1931 (0.20) Binary Inputs 24/48/60Vdc (Operating range: 19.2 – 72Vdc), Input circuit DC voltage 110/125/220/250Vdc (Operating range: 88 – 300Vdc) Note: Pick-up setting is available in BI2 (Setting range: 18V to 222V) Capacitive discharge immunity 10μF charged to maximum supply voltage and discharged into the input terminals, according to ENA TS 48-4 with an external resistor Maximum permitted voltage...
Page 980
6F2S1931 (0.20) Mechanical Design Installation Flush mounting Weight Approx. 10kg (1/3 size), 12kg (1/2 size), 15kg (3/4 size), 25kg (1/1 size) Case color 2.5Y7.5/1 (approximation to Munsell value) Number 26 (Fixed for “In service” and “ERROR”) Color Red / Yellow / Green (configurable) except In service (green) and Error (red) Function keys Number...
Page 981
6F2S1931 (0.20) Communication for Network (rear port) 100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T For IEC 61850-8-1, Modbus, GR-TIEMS over TCP/IP Connector type RJ-45 Cable type CAT5e STP cable -enhanced category 5 with Shielded Twisted Pair cable 100BASE-FX For IEC 61850-8-1, Modbus, GR-TIEMS over TCP/IP Cable type Multimode fiber, 50/125 or 62.5/125μm Connector type SC duplex connector...
Page 982
6F2S1931 (0.20) Environmental performance Atmospheric Environment Temperature IEC 60068-2-1/2 Operating range:–25C to +55C. IEC 60068-2-14 Storage / Transit:–25C to +70C. Cyclic temperature test as per IEC 60068-2- Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 56 days at 40C and 93% relative humidity. IEC 60068-2-78 Cyclic temperature with humidity test as per IEC 60068-2-30 Enclosure Protection...
Page 983
6F2S1931 (0.20) Environmental performance Electromagnetic Environment High Frequency IEC 60255-22-1 Class 3, 1 MHz burst in common / differential modes Disturbance / IEC 61000-4-18 Auxiliary supply and I/O ports: 2.5 kV / 1 kV Damped Oscillatory IEC 60255-26 Ed 3 Communications ports: 1 kV / 0 kV Wave Electrostatic...
Page 984
6F2S1931 (0.20) European Commission Directives European Commission Directives 2014/30/EU Compliance with the European Commission Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive is demonstrated according to EN 60255-26:2013 2014/35/EU Compliance with the European Commission Low Voltage Directive for electrical safety is demonstrated according EN 60255-27:2014. UK Legislation Electromagnetic Compatibility...
Page 985
6F2S1931 (0.20) Functional data Current Differential Protection Minimum operating current (DIFCH, DIFDZ): 10 to 20000A in 1A steps (CT primary amps) % slope (DIFCH, DIFDZ): 0 to 90% in 1% steps CT ratio: 1.000 to 20000.000 in 0.001 steps Operating time: Typical 1 cycle (300% of DIFI) 5%(7% at I <...
Page 986
6F2S1931 (0.20) Cabling The table below shows the recommended cables in the cross-section and rated-voltage for the connection with the transformer module (VCT), the binary IO module (BI, BO, and BIO), and the power supply module (PWS). Rated-voltage required for the cable is 600Vac. Table Cables for the connection with module Connecting for Wire termination...
Page 988
6F2S1931 (0.20) LED in MainUnit Standard LED No Logic Attribute Remarks Label Fixed Color Blink Fixed IN SERVICE Green Lit when IED is in service ERROR Lit when errors occur TRIP Lit when fault recording is triggered TEST Yellow Lit for testing PF-Key PF-Key Model...
Page 989
6F2S1931 (0.20) Appendix 10 Notes for the dielectric voltage test ✓ 110-250 Vdc DC rated voltage ✓ 24-60 Vdc Page Centralized GRB200 (Soft: 030, 031, 032, 033, 034) - 975 -...
Page 990
6F2S1931 (0.20) Dielectric voltage testing shall be carried out after reading the below notices carefully. Cable connections 1. DC rated voltage: 110-250 Vdc Figure-10.A illustrates external connection around the power supply module (PWS). During dielectric voltage testing, two short-wires attached on the PSW shall be carefully handled; follow the below instructions (1) and (2).
Page 991
6F2S1931 (0.20) 2. DC rated voltage: 24-60 Vdc Figure-10.B illustrates external connection around the power supply module (PWS). During dielectric voltage testing, three short-wires attached on the PSW shall be carefully handled; follow the below instructions (1), (2) and (3). (1) The short-wire between terminal screw No.35 and No.37 Remove the short-wire for undertaking the dielectric voltage test.
Page 992
Revision-up Records Rev. and Section Approved Prepared Change place and contents Checked by Date (page) 0.00 First edition issued Y. Sonobe X. Tang T. Kaneko June19,2017 June 19 June 19 June 16 Chap. 2.2 Added CBF-START signals come from Binary Y.
Page 993
T. Kaneko K. Oohashi X. Tang information in IEC61850 Oct. 23 . 23 Oct. 22 Chap. 12.3 Modified the inquiry address at Toshiba Energy T. Kaneko K. Oohashi K. Kobayashi Systems & Solutions Corporation Oct. 1 Oct. 1 Chap. 12.8 Corrected required wire thickens in Table 12.8-1...
Page 994
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared Change place and contents Checked by Date (page) Appendix 4 Revised and added the information about 61850 T. Kaneko K. Oohashi M. Okai Ed.2 Feb. 5 Feb. 5 Feb. 4 0.12 Chap. 3.4 Added the content about setting [QBLK] in T.
Page 995
Rev. and Section Approved Prepared Change place and contents Checked by Date (page) Chap. 4.7 Added usage Modbus time T. Kaneko H. Amoh K. Kobayashi synchronization in the Clock function Sep. 25 Sep. 8 Aug. 25 Chap. 5.7 Added the tool information of the Modbus T.